• hopilavayi: an erotic dictionary

memories of my ghost sista

~ the dead are never satisfied

memories of my ghost sista

Tag Archives: story

nane and the khach

12 Tuesday Nov 2013

Posted by babylon crashing in Armenian, Prose, Translation

≈ Comments Off on nane and the khach

Tags

Armenian fairy tale, Khach, Nane Abandian, prose, story

THERE WAS AND THERE WAS NOT a young woman once who lived in Artik [*]. She was strong and lively, the daughter of a rich farmer who had suddenly died. As a result her widowed mother had plenty of money, so the old woman did not spare anything on her daughter. Accordingly, when the girl grew up she liked the “sporting life,” as they called the bourgeois in the far-off city of Alexandropol [*], better than honest, hard work. Since her mother had no other children she allowed the girl to do anything that she pleased. She was seldom to be found at home, but if there was a carnival, or a dance, or a gathering of rowdy rough boys within ten miles of Artik then Nane Abandian could be found there with her shaved head and great 10-league boots. There have always been girls like this, those who seldom spend a night in their mother’s house, who love to be out rambling; in this Nane was no different, she took after the riotous Margaret of Soissons, who even today still scandalizes the old storytellers with her vulgar and smutty tales.

Of course this is what fuels gossip and soon it was said that it was many the scandalous kiss that Nane got and gave, for there was a certain oddity to her beauty that turned the heads of many a stammering boy and befuddled man, all up and down the countryside. It was for that reason that some rustic poet came up with a ditty about her—

Nane! She is a libertine / She wears men’s clothing / She knows how to kiss / She knows how to use a sword / She’s very shameful / This must be love —-

Nane! Na azatamit mard / Na hagnum arakan hagust / Na giti, t’ye inch’pes kareli e hamburel / Na giti, t’ye inch’pes kareli e ogtagortsel suser / Na shat amot’ali / Sa petk’ e lini ser —-

Նանէ! Նա ազատամիտ մարդ / Նա հագնում արական հագուստ / Նա գիտի, թե ինչպես կարելի է համբուրվել / Նա գիտի, թե ինչպես կարելի է օգտագործել սուրը / Նա շատ ամոթալի / Սա պետք է լինի սեր —-

Temperance has never been found in a bottle or where free reign is taken and as time went on Nane became more and more wild and unruly. She wasn’t to be seen day or night at her mother’s house, but always rambling or going out on her night adventures, “gisher arkatsayin,” [*] from bed to bed, from one drunken debauchery to another. Still, her mother never said one word about her “disgraceful habits,” as the old toothless people down in the village market square would say; she never punished Nane until it happened that one day the old woman was told that her daughter had broken the heart of Jhirayr, the little consumptive child who lived down the lane, with his sickly legs and full red lips and girlish dark locks and large, faun-like eyes, it was common knowledge in the neighborhood that the child had pined after the much-older Nane, with her hidden curves and saucy attitude, from his sick-bed window for many an endless night and, the neighbors reasoned, was not consumption proof of a broken heart? What was cholera, tuberculosis and typhus but the melancholia that the poets were always writing about? If the great poet Sayat Nova [*] declared it was so, then so it must be.

Nane’s mother finally grew angry. Unchecked venereal disease was one thing, but this? Many a maid went to her wedding bed with the clap, but who would find a heart-breaker remotely suitable? She called her daughter to her side, saying to her, quietly and reasonably: “Aghjik [*], you know that I have loved you up to this moment. You know that I’ve never stopped you from doing any fool thing, whatever moved you. I’ve kept plenty of money saved away for you, for I know one day you will settle down and be chaste and pious and I’ve always hoped to leave you the house and lands of my late, departed husband.”

“Um, do you mean father?”

“Hush. I said I would have given all that I had, as in past tense, but I heard a story of you today that has disgusted me with your thoughtless behavior. Fie and shame, girl, breaking poor Jhirayr-jan’s heart and giving him consumption! I cannot tell you the grief that I felt when I heard such a tale that has been told about you. I tell you now plainly that unless you marry that the boy to set things right I’ll leave house and land and everything to my sister’s daughter.”

“But I don’t want to marry an eight year-old, I —- wait! Sister? I was unaware that you had a sister or I an aunt.”

“Hush. We rarely talk but I could never leave my wealth to anyone who would make such bad use of it as you yourself have done and will do, causing little boys to cough up blood!”

“I don’t really think I am to blame for that.”

“Hush! Settle with your soul now whether you’ll sober-up, marry that poor weak-chinned lad and get my land as a fortune,” the old woman rose and strode to the door. “Or refuse to marry Jhirayr-jan and give up all that should be rightfully coming to you.”

“Voch’inch [*]! Mother-jan, you shouldn’t say that to me, you talk as if I’m already dead!”

But her mother passed through the door and was gone. Nane ran a bewildered hand across her shaven head. She knew with a sinking heart that her mother would keep her word. The young woman was greatly troubled, for as quiet and as kind as her mother was, she never went back on a promise. There wasn’t another woman in all the village of Artik who was harder to argue with than her mother.

“I do not understand this. If the boy had been poxed with crinkums, or somehow got the Turkish disease, then I am sure I would be to blamed as well. As it is, mother is being most unfair!”

Nane did not know just what to do. She pulled on her ox-hide jacket and walked out into the night to cool her over-heated brain, finding herself, at long last, on a road leading out of the village. The night was bright, the moon full. Lost deep in thought she walked until finally the freedom of motion began to make her forget her troubles. There was not a breath of mountain wind, the air was bewitching and calm. She walked on in the vast dark for nearly an hour, meeting no one on the road, when, suddenly, she realized that she did not know where she was. ““Voch’inch! I think I’ve gotten myself lost,” she murmured.

The murmur was hardly out of her mouth when she heard the queer sound of many female voices singing, as if from a far distance away. Then she could just make out the tramp of light feet upon the road before her. “I don’t know who could be out so late at night and in such a jolly mood,” said she to herself.

Nane stood listening, hardly breathing. The songs were all flowing over one and another but she could not understand the words. “That’s odd,” she said. “It’s not Armenian or Turkish that they are using; it can’t be that they’re Kurds, not out here.” She took a couple of steps further. She could see well enough by the light of the moon. Before her was a band of little figures heading down the road toward her. They carried something awkward and heavy between them; a sack of wheat, Nane thought. Then she felt the skin on her scalp crawl as when one is in the presence of a fell beast, for she saw that the mob was hurrying, pell-mell, toward her in great haste.

Nane looked at them again, amazed, seeing that there were about twenty naked, diminutive women —- women? children? not one was higher than three feet tall —- some appeared young, some a weird blue hue, some as ancient as the mountains. Her people called them the brave ones, since it was never prudent to anger spirits that could bewitch, bother or bewilder you. She looked again, but she could not make out what the heavy thing that they were carrying was until they came up to her, then they threw the it down in the middle of the road and Nane saw that it was a body.

It was a dead body. Very dead.

Nane stood where she was, staring aghast at what lay before her when a little blue Khach [*] came up to her, saying, like wind in the leaves, “isn’t it lucky that we met you, Nane Abandian?”

Poor Nane could not utter a single word, nor open her lips.

“Nane Abandian,” repeated the mountain faerie, once more, “isn’t it lucky that you met us?”

Nane could not answer her.

“Nane Abandian,” she said, “the third time makes the charm, isn’t it lucky that we met you?”

But Nane remained silent, for she was afraid to return an answer, least the Khach used her own words against her in some dark act.

The blue woman turned to her companions, there was delight in her bright little eyes. “Now,” she said, “Nane Abandian hasn’t spoken a word to us so we can do with her what we please. Nane, Nane,” she said, “you’re living a shameful life, causing little boys to cough up blood! We can make a pack-mule of you, for there’s no use in trying to fight against us. I order you, lift up that corpse.”

Nane was so frightened that she was only able to squeak out the word, ““voch’inch,” for she could think of no other word to say.

“Nane Abandian won’t lift up the corpse,” said the little Khach, with a wicked laugh, sounding, for all the world, like the peal of a cracked bell. “Nane Abandian won’t lift up the corpse —- but we shall make her lift it!”

Before the words were out of her mouth they had all gathered around the girl, talking and laughing.

Nane tried to run from them, but they tripped her up so that she was thrown in a heap upon the road. Then, before she could rise, the Khaches caught her —- some by her hands, some by her hair, some by her legs —- and held her tight so that she could not move. Six or seven of them raised up the corpse, a horrid thing with swamp-drudged hair, dragged it over to her, then lowered the nightmare down upon the poor girl. The breasts of the corpse were squeezed tight against Nane’s back and shoulders, the arms of the corpse thrown around Nane’s neck. Then they stood back from her, allowing the young woman to stand up. She rose unsteadily, shaking as if to throw the corpse off her back. But her fear and her wonder were terrible when she found that the two arms had a tight hold round her neck, that the two legs were squeezing her hips firmly, that, however powerfully she tried, she could not throw the thing off her.

The little blue woman came up to her again, saying, “Now, libertine, you didn’t lift the corpse when I told you to lift it, so we made you to lift it up. Perhaps when I tell you to bury it you’ll won’t want to to be buried along side it?”

Nane’s brain raced. She knew there was a way out of this —- hadn’t she been raised on stories of the odd jinn-like Dev and crocodilian Torx and thunder-snakes called Veeshab? But fright and confusion clouded her memory —- she hung her head. The little woman laughed again. “You’re becoming quite obedient, girl,” she said. “Listen to me now, Nane Abandian. If you don’t obey me in all I’m telling you you’ll regret it. You must carry this corpse to Lmb’atavank [*], the Church of Saint Stephen. You must carry it into the churchyard itself, then make a grave for it in the very middle of the floor. You must raise up the stones and put them down again in the exact same way. You must leave the place precisely as it was when you first entered so that no one can know that anything has happened. But that’s not all. Maybe you will dig down and find someone else has already been buried in that spot. The dead do not let strangers sleep in their beds. If that is the case you must leave Lmb’atavank with the corpse still on your back. You must carry it on to Pemzashen [*], bury it in the churchyard there; and if you don’t lay it to rest in that place then take it with you to Yerazgavors [*], where King Smbat was once crowned; and if that churchyard is full, then take it to Karachanta [*]; and if you’re not able to bury it there you can bury it at Bashgyugh [*] without problem. If you do this work justly, quickly, with a good heart, we will be thankful to you; but if you are disrespectful and lazy, then believe me this shall be your last night upon the earth, regardless if you have made a promise to a sickly boy half your age.”

“But I —-”

“Hush! Can’t you hear that we’re singing your song? Listen.”

When the blue little woman had done speaking, the other naked fairies laughed and clapped their hands together, beginning to sing words suddenly Nane understood:

Come, sit down side by side, corpse bride / I’ll take you home to be my wife —-

Ari nstenk’ tsalaptik, diaky harsnats’u / k’yez vorpes hars tanem mer tun —-

Արի նստենք ծալապտիկ, դիակը հարսնացու / քեզ որպես հարս տանեմ մեր տուն —-

Then the Khaches drove poor Nane down the road, who was obliged to walk fast, for they gave her no moment to gather her wits. The night was at times extremely dark, so that whenever a cloud crossed the moon she could see nothing, causing her to stumble with the terrible burden on her back. Sometimes she hurt herself in her falls, but regardless, she was obliged always to rise and to hurry on. Sometimes she would look behind her and see the mountain faeries following. She heard them singing amongst themselves and knew that if she was to save herself that night she had to understand what they really wanted from her.

She did not know how far she had walked, when at last one of them cried out to her, “Stop, Nane Abandian, stop!” She stood, panting, while they all gathered round her.

“Do you see those trees over there?” asked one of the ancient Khaches this time. “Lmb’atavank is among those trees. You must go in there by yourself, for we cannot follow you. We must remain here. Go and do not be caught.”

Nane looked about herself. She saw a high, pink stone wall that was in places broken down. Beyond it lay an ancient stone church with its octagonal walls. Sighing, she was obliged to go forward. She was a couple of hundred yards from the church, but she walked on, never looking behind her until she came to the gate of the churchyard. She turned then to see if any of the brave ones were following her, but a cloud covered over the moon and the night became so dark that she could see nothing. She went into the churchyard, she walked up the old grassy pathway leading to the church proper. When she reached the door, she found it locked. The door was large and strong, she did not know what to do.

““Voch’inch,” she murmured to herself, “there is nothing more that I can do. The door is shut, I can’t open it.”

Before the words were out of her mouth a voice said in her ear, “search for the key on the top of the door, or perhaps along the wall.”

Nane started in fright. “Who is that?” she cried, turning around and around; but she saw no one. The voice said in her ear again, “Just what I said, search for the key on the top of the door, or perhaps along the wall.”

“Who the hell is that?” she cried, the sweat running from her forehead.

“Hello! It’s just the corpse on your back that spoke to you!” said the voice.

“Fracking hell!” Nane cried, feeling the dead arms tighten around her neck. “Can you talk?”

“Now and again,” the dead woman said. “When the mood strikes.”

Nane searched for the key, finding it finally on the top of the wall. She was too much frightened to say anything more. She opened the door wide, as quickly as she could, and the two went in with the corpse clinging to her back. It was as dark as fiddler’s rosin inside. Standing in the dark with such a monstrosity on her back, poor Nane began to shake and tremble.

“Relax, warm child. Light the candle,” the corpse bride said.

Nane put her hand in her pocket, as well as she could, then drew out a small box of matches. She struck one, lit a burnt rag that she found upon the ancient stone-cut floor. She blew it until it made a flicker of flame, peering all around. The church was deserted, part of the outer wall had been broken down. There were long trays full of sand where the pilgrim could light prayer candles and in one of these Nane found the stump of an old candle, which she lit. She was still looking about herself when the cold corpse whispered in her ear, “Bury me now, warm child, bury me now.” Nane looked to where the bony arm pointed and saw a spade lying beside the altar. She took it up, placed the flat side of the blade under a flagstone, then leaned all her weight upon the handle. Slowly, slowly, the stone’s rough edge raised up. With the first stone raised like a broken tooth it was not hard to raise up the others. She labored and sweated. She coughed as grave dust billowed up from the sanctified ground. She moved three or four stones out of their places. The boggy clay ground that was under the stones was soft and easy to dig through, but she had not thrown up more than three or four shovelfuls when she felt the iron —- the one thing that the mountain faeries cannot touch —- broke through something soft like cloth and bone. With fingers digging through the wet dirt she saw that it was another body, a girl, perhaps, only fourteen, that was buried in the same place.

“I am afraid I’ll never be allowed to bury your body next to hers, little as she is,” Nane said. “Bride, there on my back,” she said, “will you be satisfied if I bury you with a maid who has never known pleasure, only the evil that men can do?” But the corpse bride never said a word. “That’s a good sign,” Nane said to herself. She tossed the wet clay she had dug up down once again, smoothing everything down. Then she laid down the flags carefully as they had been before. “No Christian will be able to tell the difference,” said she to herself, knowing she was right.

Nane left the church then, her heart was sad, but she shut the door and locked it, leaving the key where she found it. She sat down on a tombstone that was near the door, thinking hard. She didn’t know what to do. She buried her face between her hands, crying, since she was certain that she would never come home alive. She made another attempt to loosen the hands of the corpse bride that were squeezed round her neck, but they were as tight as ever and the more she tried to loosen them the tighter they squeezed. She was going curse loudly when the cold, horrid lips of the dead woman said to her, “Pemzashen,” and she remembered the command of the brave ones to bring the corpse bride with her to that other village if she should be unable to bury the dead.

She rose up, looked about her. “I don’t know the way,” she said.

As in response the dead woman stretched out her left hand that had been tightened round Nane’s neck, kept pointing, showing the girl the route she had to follow. Nane went in the direction that the fingers were stretched toward, striding out of the churchyard in her 10-league boots. That part of Armenia is a series of amazingly tall foothills and soon Nane found herself on an old rutty road, upon which she stood, not knowing which way to turn. The corpse bride stretched out its bony hand a second time, pointing out another road that wound around the hills as if leading her to a barrow wight’s grave. Nane followed the corpse bride’s directions for many hours. Whenever she came to a new road or goat path the rider on her back always stretched out its hand and pointed with its two fingers, showing Nane the way she should take.

After what felt like a long night of heavy walking Nane came upon the old burying ground of the village of Pemzashen; but there was neither church nor chapel nor any other building to be found. the corpse bride squeezed Nane tightly. “Bury me, warm child, bury me in this holy ground,” said the dead woman.

Nane drew over towards the old burying place, her feet making slish-slish noises, so tired she was, but she was not more than about twenty yards from the consecrated ground, when, raising her eyes, she saw hundreds and hundreds of ghosts —- women, men, children, victims of an Ottoman pogrom —- sitting on the top of the wall, or standing on the inside the burying place, or running backwards and forwards, pointing at her and that which she carried on her back, while she could see their horrible mouths opening and shutting as if they were singing, though she heard no words or tune or melody.

Nane was afraid to go forward, despite the threats of the Khaches, so she stood where she was, the corpse bride slowly tightening herself around her throat. At the moment she grew quite all the ghosts who surrounded them ceased moving as well. Then Nane understood that they were trying to keep her from entering the old burying place. She walked a couple of yards forwards, immediately the whole crowd rushed together towards her. The dead stood so thickly together that it seemed to Nane that she would never pass through. But she had no courage to try such a trick. She turned and staggered back, broken and dispirited. When she had gone a couple of hundred yards from the burying ground she stopped once again, for she did not know what way she had to go. She heard the voice of the corpse bride in her ear, saying, “Yerazgavors,” and the skinny hand was stretched out once again, pointing her down a road that neither the living nor the dead could see.

As tired as she was, Nane had to walk on and on, the road being neither short nor even. The night appeared to be darker than before. At last she saw Yerazgavors in the far distance, one more pink-stone village, with the graveyard of the church off to one side. Here, though, she saw no ghosts nor anything else sitting upon the wall. Nane rejoiced, thinking that she would never be hindered from laying her burden at long last in the cold clay. She moved over to the church’s gate, but as she was passing through she tripped upon a stone in the threshold. Before she could recover herself invisible hands seized her by the neck, by her hands, by her legs, pinching and bruising her, lifting her up, throwing her more than a hundred yards from the gate, where she rolled and rolled head over toes, with the corpse bride still clinging to her neck.

Groggily Nane rose up, bruised and sore, but afraid to go a second time to the church, for she had seen nothing but something had thrown her down on the ground all the same.

“Corpse bride!” Nane said, “shall I try to enter the churchyard once more?” —- but the dead woman refused to answer her.

Nane was now in doubt as to what she ought to do next when the corpse bride spoke in her ear, saying, “Karachanta.”

“Skank!” Nane cried, uttering a fearsome curse, “must I be your jack-ass all the way across the countryside? If you keep me like this I’ll fall under you and then you’ll have to carry me.”

“You think?”

Sighing, Nane went in the direction the corpse bride pointed out. It felt like hours that she had been trudging when, with a gagging jerk, the dead woman suddenly squeezed Nane’s windpipe and whispered, “There!”

Nane looked and saw a little low wall made out of pink tufa stone that was so broken down in places that it was no wall at all. They crossed over into a great wide field —- save for only three or four great stones at the corners, that were more like boulders than stones, there was nothing to show that neither graveyard nor church had once stood there at all.

“Is this Karachanta? Shall I bury you here?” Nane said.

“Yes,” said the voice.

“But I see no grave or gravestone, only this pile of stones,” Nane said.

The corpse bride did not answer, but stretched out its long fleshless finger to show Nane the direction in which she was to go. The girl went on accordingly, but she was terrified, for she remembered what had happened to her at the last place. When she came to within fifteen or twenty yards of the little low square wall a flash of lightning —- bright yellow with blue streaks in it —- exploded about the wall until at last it became like a bright ring of flame surrounding the old graveyard. Round the flame went, blue sparks leaping out from it as it passed by, although at first it had been no more than a thin, narrow line, getting broader and higher, it increased slowly until it was at last a great broad band. Nane was amazed; she was half dead with fatigue, she had no courage left to approach the flaming wall. She was obliged to sit down upon a great stone to recover herself. She could see nothing but the light, she could hear nothing but the churr of enchanted fire as it shot round the edges of the ancient stones.

As she sat there on the stone, the voice whispered once more in her ear, “Bashgyugh,” and the dead woman squeezed Nane so tightly that the girl cried out. She rose again, sick, tired, trembling, went forward as she was directed. The wind was cold, the road full of holes, the load upon her back was sickening. Nane herself was nearly worn out. At last the corpse bride stretched out its hand, said to her, “bury me there.”

““Voch’inch,” Nane mumbled and thought to herself, “and the little blue Khach woman said I’d be allowed to bury her in here if I couldn’t bury her anywhere else. Finally I can put my burden down.”

“Make haste, make haste!” the corpse bride said. The first, faint streak of day was appearing in the east, but where Nane stood it was darker than ever, for the moon was set, there were no stars in the sky.

Nane hurried forward as well as she could to the graveyard, which was a little place on a bare hill, with only a few graves in it. She walked boldly in through the open gate, finding nothing to block her path. She came to the middle of the ground and suddenly perceived what startled her greatly —- a newly-dug grave yawning open right before her. She moved over to the edge, looking down saw that there at the bottom lay a coffin. She clambered down into the hole and lifted the lid, found it empty. She had hardly gotten the lid open when the corpse bride, which had clung to her for more than eight hours, suddenly relaxed its hold of her neck, loosened its shins from round her hips, fell down into the open coffin.

Nane slowly pulled herself up through the mud and fell down on her two knees at the brink of the grave. She made no delay then, but threw in the freshly dug clay back over it with her two hands. When the grave was filled she smoothed the plot over with her feet and then she made her way out of the graveyard.

The sun was fast rising as she returned to the road and, looking for a public house to rest, found an inn at last. The proprietor was dubious about giving a room to a single woman, wandering the road and unchaperoned. But when he saw the grave dirt under Nane’s fingers, the bruises around her neck and the haunted, frightened look in her eyes —- looking for all the world as if she had just crawled out of ground from her own hanging —- the old man crossed himself and gave her a room. There Nane lay down upon the bed and slept until nighttime. Then she rose and ate a little, fell asleep again until day break. When she awoke in the morning she hired a horse and rode home. She was more than one-hundred and twenty-six miles from her mother’s house, how she had crossed such great distances with that dead body on her back in one night she had no idea.

All her neighbors back home thought that she must have been murdered and were much surprised when they saw her come up over the hill on a hired horse. Everyone began asking her where she had been, but she would not tell anyone her story except for her mother.

She was a changed woman from that day on. She swore off drink; she let her hair grow out and though she still refused to wear a ruffled dress and carried her rapier with her everywhere she went she gave up on staying out late by herself on dark nights.

As for the sickly Jhirayr, the boy who had been in love with her for so long, she took to visiting his sick-bed, where she allowed him to read to her the many curious stories he had, newly translated and brought at expense from far-off lands like England and France —- the mad and bad poet Lord Byron, the island of Caliban and the prometheus built out of dead bodies —- and that was as far as Nane Abandian ever wanted to encounter the otherworld.

][][

notes:

I was told a version of this fairy tale when I lived in Gyumri, Armenia (1995-97) and have changed several aspects of the plot; originally it was a about a Persian prince who refused to marry a serving girl he got pregnant, or as my translator explained it to me, “gave her the female complaint.” All the villages here are real, Artik (Արթիկ) being a charming village in the Shirak Province of northwest Armenia I visited on many occasions. Whether or not changing the Prince into Nane works will remain to be seen. As for the other words and phrases I marked anything difficult with a [*] so that the reader might know there is an explanation … somewhere. Cheers!

Alexandropol (Ալեքսանդրապոլ) —- Older, Russian name for the city of Gyumri (Գյումրի), second largest city in Armenia.

Gisher arkatsayin (Գիշեր արկածային) —- Night adventure

Sayat Nova (Հարություն Սայադյան) —- Armenian poet, musician and mystic who lived sometime between 1722 and 1795.

Aghjik (Աղջիկ) —- Daughter

Voch’inch (Ոչինչ) —- Literally meaning, “nothing,” but used in Gyumri as an expression similar to the French, “comme ci, comme ça.” (not too good, not too bad)

Khach (Խաչ) —– plural, Khaches; in Armenian mythology the Khaches were cousins to European fairies. Their name means “the brave ones,” which is similar to the Celtic reference of the “Good Folk,” addressed to spirits whose powers and intentions one could never be sure of. Modern folklore scholars have declared that the Khach were males, whereas the Javerzaharses (“perpetual virgin brides”) were their female equivalent; though with no scholars writing about them prior to the 18th century they seem a completely modern invention, perhaps borrowed from the Houri, the “modest and chaste” pleasure spirits who dwell in Jannah (paradise) in Islamic myth.

Lmb’atavank (Լմբատավանք) —- 7th Century Church of Saint Stephen, located on a hillside southwest of Artik.

Pemzashen (Պեմզաշեն), Karachanta (Արեգնադեմ) and Bashgyugh (Բաշգյուղ) —- Villages all found some distance from Artik with the Shirak valley, all with their own 4th-7th Century churches.

the shadow that came into the woods

22 Saturday Jun 2013

Posted by babylon crashing in story

≈ Comments Off on the shadow that came into the woods

Tags

Ainu, art, Buddhist nun, death personified, Japanese mythology, Lake Kussharo, Marewrew, silver-tailed fox, story, winter

shadow that came into the woods

PART I:

If the sky had not been filled with blinding snow Fuyu would have said there was nothing to dread that day. That there was no nameless fear walking upon the road before her. But she was winter-born and the first snows had been falling for an hour or more; the barren hill was now ash and nothing more. What wind there was came from behind her; rippling her robes, mussing her hair.

The long slope before her stretched out until it met the clouds, disappearing into the rounded horizon as it melted into the gray sky. Fuyu had been following wagon tracks, gashes in the snow, where infrequent strangers had marked their passage some time before. With the failing daylight the shadows around her turned from blacks and pinks into omens and warnings. It was a veiled land; a land of mist and cold. The world all around her was quiet, and for a long moment she did not move, curious about the chance to see things for what they really were. She was still not halfway home.

Fuyu’s eyes were not very good. She could not tell what made a faint ocher blur in the middle of the road until she was standing over it. Three brown grass stalks were poking above the snow; tall, thin, feathery late-autumn grass, now withered. It was so beautiful she was sorry to have to walk upon it.

Fuyu stood looking down at the tracks, and then, because she had to hurry on, lifted her eyes to the horizon once more. She frowned. There was now something dark approaching, something baleful cutting against the low sky. A shadow? On it came. Fuyu had scarcely enough time to wonder before she saw that it was a nun. This was a curiosity. Fuyu could never understand the lure of Buddhism, especially when it specifically stated that women could never gain salvation because of the Five Hindrances; the female soul could not attain Buddhahood until it had changed into a male. Who would want to make themselves miserable by believing in that?

Still, as the other woman approached Fuyu moved to one side and bowed her head.

“You are traveling all by yourself, mother,” Fuyu said, even those the woman appeared to be younger than she was. This was Fuyu attempting to be civil. She saw so few travelers pass down her road, for she lived twelve miles from the nearest village and was curious to know where this strange nun was going.

“To the temple, little sister, to the temple,” came the answer, spoken in a sing-song, little girl’s voice. It was not the type of voice one might hear at the temples, though. She must have beautiful at one time, Fuyu mused, but with her shapeless robes and shaved head she looked more like a corpse than anything that might visit her in her dreams. The nun was already five yards past her, walking with a gait that betrayed her youth.

“The temple?” Fuyu called out after her. “Which temple?”

“Hai Yo-tsuoni,” came the musical reply.

Hai Yo-tsuoni wasn’t so much a temple, it was more a roadside shrine that the few families who lived in the area used to placate the kami forest spirits when the need arose. There had been recently a funeral ceremony, Fuyu recalled. A little boy from the Watanabe family had been found dead three days ago. Attacked. At least that was what gossip in the village said, last time she had visited it.

“You are three days late,” Fuyu called back, wondering why the Watanabes had asked for a Buddhist to help bury their son. Mother Oki, the Shinto priestess, was enough for every one else. Then Fuyu wondered why the young woman had called her “little sister.”

Fuyu turned to watch the stranger move off down the hill, then she paused, seeing something that she had not noticed before. The young woman was lame. Her left foot dragged behind her, the way polio would wither a limb. In the newly fallen snow her foot prints ran dark and uneven where the healthy foot had been forced to take most of the weight. Fuyu shivered. The memory of the once beautiful but now gaunt face, those eyes that did not look at her as she passed by, the limping and odd voice of the strange nun. She did not know why, but there was something immeasurably lonesome, endlessly miserable in that robbed figure, now growing indistinct through the falling snow.

Sighing, Fuyu continued her walk, cresting the top of the hill and then making her way into the woods. The more she walked, crunching through the snow, the more a strange mood began to creep over her. She fancied she heard voices, thin little moans, high up in the air over head. There was a chattering of laughter from the kami, or at least what she assumed to be the kami, on the edge of human hearing. Now all the joy and wonder of a walk through a first snowfall had vanished. The familiar rocks and trees were grotesque in the twilight, threatening. On more than one occasion she had come across monstrous forms pressing themselves between the shadows of trees, under fallen stones, swinging through the naked branches. However, these only turned out to be rotten logs or dry leaves caught in bare bushes, tricks of the snow. She felt like a dog whose senses have alerted her to the sort of unseen terrors humans can only discern when it is far, far too late. These woods did not feel like her own just then, and that, more than all the queer sights and sounds, was what scared her. It wasn’t the idea of something following her that she could not see that caused her to sweat, despite the cold, it was the terror that within her some primal consciousness that she did not know she even possessed had suddenly come awake. Men did not scare her. Demons, though, did.

Finally, at long last, she found herself leaving the woods and entering her own clearing. Smoke curled from her chimney, which meant she had a guest. As she stopped to open the door to her hut she thought she heard a faint sound, a far off noise: alien, unrecognizable. She forgot the door was latched and pushed it harder than she intended. The rope broke and the wooden door swung into the room. There were no spirits inside, at least nothing to harm her. Turning sharply around from the smoldering fire sat an old Ainu woman, a neighbor who had just been in the process of filling her pipe. At the woman’s feet was Kuzunoha, Fuyu’s silver-tailed fox, who grinned, showing the tip of her teeth.

“Auntie Marewrew-sama!” Fuyu cried, for she had not been expecting company. “Please forgive my absence. Is anything wrong?” She worried when the old woman came unexpectedly, for it almost always meant that one of Marewrew’s large family was dead or gravely ill.

“I do not know.”

The old woman smiled as Fuyu carefully shut and barred the door using the rope she had recently broken.

“A dream told me to come here, so here I am.”

“A dream? What is it?”

“You know, those pictures in your head when you sleep, but that’s not important right now. A dream is a dream is a dream. But you were not home. So I waited and made supper.” She nodded at the dull embers. Fuyu saw she had a pot on the fire, with a hacked-off joint of dog meat bubbling away. “Koinu wa stew.”

Fuyu was glad to see her old neighbor, for she was so chilled and tired from her walk. It was not good to sit alone in a hut of the first winter’s night and know there was something out in all that darkness hunting for you.

When there was no more Koinu wa stew left they sat close together near the fire with Kuzunoha sleeping comfortably on Fuyu’s lap. Outside the wind had risen, full of lamentation in the branches that sounded something like the chatter of the little people of the forest. Fuyu saw that her adopted auntie was not ready to start for home, though the hour was growing late.

“Can I stay here tonight?” Marewrew asked, without a smile this time, almost anxiously. “It is a bad night.”

Fuyu was pleased with the request, but she asked if the old woman’s family would worry.

“They know where I went. They would only be worried if they knew I was outside and not in here.”

The old Ainu listened for a while to the wind, staring into the embers. Then she tossed a bark-covered log on it so that the sparks flew up the chimney.

“The Korobokkuru have left this part of the country,” Marewrew suddenly announced. “Men-folk chopping down trees, cutting into mountains, cursing the land with I don’t know what.”

Fuyu nodded. She knew all about the Ainu’s belief in the “the little people below the leaves of the butterbur plant,” as they were called, the Korobokkuru, who helped farmers and aided the lost. She had never seen any evidence of their existence, but that didn’t mean they weren’t there. If Marewrew said they had left that part of Hokkaido then they probably had.

It took Marewrew a while to fill her pipe. If Fuyu had not been used to her ways she could never have known that the old woman’s eyes were not on the clay bowl in her hand, but on her young host’s face, half-hidden in the shadows.

“Two days,” Marewrew said abruptly. “In two days we are going to leave here.”

“What? Where to?”

“Lake Kussharo.”

“Why?” Fuyu was astounded. Marewrew’s family had not abandoned their homestead in all the time she could remember.

“I told you, the Korobokkuru are not coming back. It isn’t any good here.”

“But …”

Fuyu wondered if the old woman was afraid of the report that a few stray wolves that had come down off the mountains, earlier that year, for food had been scarce. But she knew that was nonsense. There was no fox, wolf or bear alive that Marewrew would see as a danger; a danger so terrible she would willingly abandon her family’s ancestors in their clay jars just to relocate to the shores of lake Kussharo. It must be something else.

“I tell you that it isn’t any good,” the old woman repeated; she lifted one long, muscled saffron hand solemnly. “You should come with us.”

Fuyu laughed. “And do what, Auntie-sama? Starve? It’s winter. Plus, there are wolves up by Kussharo, too, I am told. No thank you.”

The two women fell into a tense silence. The fire between them cracked and sputtered. Finally Fuyu broke the silence.

“Auntie, who was the strange nun I met today on the road heading to Hai Yo-tsuoni?”

“A nun, you say? Was it Mother Oki? no? Mother Erai?”

“No. She was much younger, but tired-looking and one of her legs was crippled.”

“Crippled! You mean she was dragging her leg behind her?”

Marewrew jumped off her stool and stood before Fuyu, suddenly tall and alarmed. The younger woman had never seen her neighbor so excited as she was now.

“Er, I don’t know.”

“You saw a strange nun not from these parts, you say? No, I do not believe it. That cannot be her. Still … still … you must come with us, daughter, to Kussharo!”

“Tell me about the nun first,” Fuyu began, still in a bit of shock.

“A lame oni, a lame woman, a lame nun, — one and the same and none of them are all any good!” Marewrew said, spitting into the fire. “We cannot leave tonight, but tomorrow, at dawn, we must be gone.”

Though it was not late Fuyu was more tired than she realize. Long after she had gone to her sleeping mat in the corner, however, Fuyu saw Marewrew’s wrinkled face alert and listening by firelight. She absentmindedly played with an object of some kind in her two hands. The wind had died away; there was no more fairy laughter to be heard. She fell to sleep with Kuzunoha wrapped around her neck and to the sound of the fire, the soft pat of snow against the roof. But the straight old figure in her chair sat rigid, waiting, as if she were holding a vigil with the dead.

the fall of van

06 Wednesday Mar 2013

Posted by babylon crashing in Armenia, Illustration and art, story

≈ 6 Comments

Tags

1915, Armenian Genocide, Ashtî, Hamidiye, Hayran, Ivedik Bey, Jevdet Bey, Mariam Abandian, Ottoman Turkey, story, The Fall of Van, The Young Turks

a ghost cavalry for a ghost army

a ghost cavalry for a ghost army

Under her breath Mariam began humming a pulpy tune, the wind howling across a mountaintop, a child’s lullaby: “Linum e, chi linum, There was and there was not” …

… a mountain and not just any mountain but the mountain – the mountain where all this began. The Turks called it Ağrı Dağı, which literally means “pain” in their language. “The Painful Mountain.” The wild horsemen, the Kurds, called it Çîyaye Agirî, “The Fiery Mountain.” It is both of those things for those people but perhaps it was known best throughout the world by what the Armenians called it, Masis, which translates into Ararat. The very Ararat which, the people say, Noah came down from after the Flood. And out of all Noah’s children, it was his great-grandson, Hayk, who settled in the valley to the east and it is from Hayk that the Armenian people claim their ancestry and name.

But this story does not concern itself with that valley far to the east. Not just yet. This story is about the wild lands to the west of Ararat where the city and the lake of Van dwell, perched on the edge of greater Anatolia. Remember that name, it will be on the test later, the one which was once called Tushpa by the Urartians in the 9th century B.C. and fought over by none less than Alexander the Great in his great sweep across Asia Minor. A city of white walls and mosques and temples and churches. If you stood in one of those towers or climbed to the nearby cliffs overlooking the lake’s purple waters you would see the rocky wilderness rolling away to the east and the south, an unbroken sweep of dark silver peaks and valleys with grasses rippling and sighing as the wind passes over.

What you cannot see by walking away from Van, however, along the shore or into the hills and mountains where Mariam rides, is that Van is a city of politics for the Ottoman Empire. The Silk Route, the Spice Route, its borders with the Persian and Russian empires, the marching of troops, the ships crossing the choppy waters, the hauling of supplies by oxen and cart, the constant pulse of the Sultan’s veins, all passed through Van. If you turn to the north you can see the path an army might take, perhaps even the same path Alexander chose, marching along the shore, passing villages like Çitören and Bardakçı and Kalecik, all the way up to the tall pockmarked walls that fortify the city.

“Linum e, chi linum, There was and there was not.”

Nothing moved but the Armenian woman sat in the dark for a long time, reclining on the rocky scarp.
Mariam stretched out her toes as far as the confines of her boots let her and closed her eyes for a moment or two. The rain had stopped but the clouds hid the full moon hung low over the peaks, giving the night an otherworldly bite, a scent of some forgotten mountain god: bitter with waiting.
Her horse stood a few yards away, quietly chewing and shifting his weight from one leg to the next.
While Mariam lay, she thought she saw darker shadows moving among the nightfall on a nearby hill. She gazed through half closed eyes and counted ten shapes, all following one another in single file, hunchbacked and nocturnal.

She saw by the riders’ figures, short and stocky in the saddle, that they were Kurds, but nobody she knew personally. These men were not from her village. They were from someplace else.

They moved with purpose which meant they were organized. Which meant they were working as raiders, the first that anyone had seen in the Ottoman mountains since the departure of the Tzar’s Army.
Mariam did not attempt to move. Her horse made no noise as the two of them watched the shadows pass out of sight. She had not heard the sound of horseshoes on rock or voices beyond her in the dark. A ghost cavalry for a ghost army.

Finally, after a long pause, she stood and went to her horse.

“Thank you, Old Tigran,” she murmured, using the name of the Armenian warlord who had once taken on all of the Roman empire during his prime. Old Tigran whinnied softly and rubbed his nose against the woman’s sleeve. Quickly packing her blanket, Mariam mounted and rode off the scarp, pausing for a long look in every direction. There was no noise save for the wind that blew from the south as the last clouds fluttered away. The tart moon appeared to Mariam poised directly overhead with all the ancient stars spreading out around.

Could the old priest, Der Topalian, been right? Mariam wondered, letting her horse pick his way along. Or were they simply scouts passing through? But if they were, whom were they scouting for? Who would be interested in this part of the world? The Russians hadn’t, they had abandoned the mountains months ago.

Whoever the horsemen were they were heading south, toward Lake Van.

Mariam rode almost due north for more than two hours until, right before dawn, she saw a parcel of trees rising high and dark upon a hill. She rode with an easy gait that told of a familiarity with life in and among the peaks and saddles, wearing boots that were thickly sewn with little beads of yellow and blue and green hidden among the lacing.

Though she had been raised in the mountains she was not “of the blood,” as the Kurds would say. Perhaps it was her height or the way she held herself erect while riding. Possibly it was her uncanny familiarity with rifles and horses. Then again it could be the manner in which she dressed with robes that had seen both blizzard and sand storm. Or perhaps it was something else, the way she combined so many contradictory elements. Turkish silver adorned her forehead, earrings, on her belt and in chunky rings on each finger. She had wrapped her hair under a headdress her people favored and she carried over her shoulder the long slender rifle of the Kurdish horsemen carved with an image of Ararat on the stock.

There is a legend, though the elders of Bardakçı swear it is true, of the famous Kurdish bandit Musa Beg, who once plundered an Armenian village in 1889 and kidnapped a young Armenian girl named Gulizar. That had been only twenty-six years ago, when Mariam had been six years old. Who knows what happened to Gulizar? Her kidnapped twin, she was told as a child, must be living a life just like hers: somewhere in a remote village without church or mosque where the Kurds and the Armenians and the Turks lived, if not comfortably, then at least tolerably.

The Armenian paused a moment in the vale only to swing the butt of her rifle from her back, leaned upon the saddle and listened.

The summit was bare and the woman saw far. It was a splendid mountain country, dotted here and there with sage-blue shrub and twisted oak and evergreen pine. By ten in the morning skylarks and warblers filled the world with movement. Mariam might travel full hundred miles to the north or east and find no villages — Turkish, Kurdish or Armenian — while to westward and south the earth was torn apart with farmland that made up the backbone of the empire. Here, though, on all sides of her, stretched the vast maze of peaks and hills through which roamed only lonely animals and lonely men.

A faint smile passed over the Armenian’s face. There was nothing in the wide open sky save the song of the grass and that was heard at a great distance. She was satisfied. In a world forever at war the absence of sound proved no evil was occurring. Travelers pass quietly, she had been taught, soldiers make noise. She swung the rifle back to its resting place and rode to the crest of a nearby ridge.

In the late afternoon Mariam stopped to cook her small meal. While the coals of her fire smoldered, sending a thin column of smoke rising to the sky, she scrutinized the mountainside. Today was the agreed upon day. Today it was vital that she was seen. Today.

It was around an hour later that Mariam uttered a low cry of pleasure. Gazing back upon her own trail, she rose to her feet and stood peering over the mountainside. With no undergrowth here she could see far to a pair of figures approaching. Both horses and riders were outlined in black against the sun now setting in the west. Mariam knew them, although the distance was far too great to reveal any face, any body parts, any curve of the hand. They came on swiftly and silently, much in the same manner as the Armenian herself.

After a while she swung herself up onto Old Tigran and rode up the slope to greet Ashtî and Hayran with outstretched hands.

“Ah! it’s you, Mariam-jan,” said Hayran, his eyes glistening. “Until we saw your fire we were afraid that you might have stumbled into the shadowland and that’s a tedious story old people tell us that has no happy ending. But here we are, all three of us, alive; as well as ever.”

“That’s so,” Ashtî nodded but said no more.

Mariam regarded her two friends with admiration. Ashtî wore a ferace, a large outer coat as prescribed by the Koran, the sleeves of which were so long that only the tips of her fingers could be seen. Her plumed turban, her hotoz, was pushed back on her head and the traditional long veil that began under the eyes and covers nose and mouth had been pulled down as she went north. She rode a great black horse with a flowing mane.

“These mountains are quiet,” Hayran said.

“We’ve been traveling three days and have seen no sign of anyone,” Ashtî said. Hayran nodded.

“I did,” Mariam put in. “I saw something pass by at two in the morning at a spot I was resting at. Perhaps eight, ten horsemen.”

“Who were they?” Hayran asked.

“Raiders? Kurds I guess by the way they rode by. They were heavily armed and looked like they were going some place, not just rambling.”

“Jevdet Bey uses Kurdish scouts but if that is the case then someone is gathering soldiers on this side of the Lake Van,” said Ashtî thoughtfully.

“I’m not surprised. Our brothers in Van have rejoiced too early. We have not seen the end of the Young Turks’s rage.”

“Van was a fortress long before it was a city,” Hayran said. “With warning they can defend themselves against anything the Young Turks can mount.”

Ashtî shook her head: “We could if we were united, but the villages will not come to our aide and our city’s leaders have fallen to squabbling. I tell you the truth, I’m afraid of the Ottomans’ advance.”

“If they were scouts then I think they probably belong to Ivedik’s division,” said Hayran.

“Very likely,” said Miriam. “He’s one of the most energetic of Jevdet Bey’s officers.”

“Plus he is a native of Van,” Mariam pointed out. “He knows the mountains better than we do. The villages are gravely mistaken to think they can somehow avoid his Raiders because of their isolation. I fear it is exactly because they are isolated that Ivedik will choose them as easy spoil.”

“It’s pretty far west for the Ottomans,” said Ashtî. “We’re on the edge of the Russian country here.”
“Which is why, if it is Ivedik,” Mariam replied, “He’ll bring his horsemen around and strike from the west at the one direction that would be the least suspected. That’s what I would do.”

The three held a brief discussion and soon came to an agreement. They rode side by side as they examined the blank expanses they passed through. They would turn and retrace their steps south to Van while attempting to track the Kurd’s trail. However, the further they went the scarcer became the trees and before night they disappeared entirely.

They camped in a dip and did not light any fire, lying side by side and wrapping themselves in their own horse blankets. They deemed it wise now to keep a watch, for Ivedik was near and anything might happen.

Ashtî, who said she was not sleepy, took the first watch. Mariam, exhausted from the long ride, fell into a deep sleep and did not dream.

The last object that she saw was Ashtî standing on the crest of the hill just beyond them, rifle on shoulder, watching the moonlit valley.

Ashtî walked back and forth a few times and glanced at her sleeping friends. A dreamless sleep was a good thing. It meant the djinn who haunt guilty sleepers were somewhere else. She turned away and scanned the dark sky.

An hour later a light wind sprang up. Ashtî’s first impulse was to awaken her friends but she hesitated a moment. As she stood Mariam and Hayran rose and came to stand beside her.

“Isn’t that a light?” said Mariam. A glowing spark was just visible over the mountain. It neither moved or went out.

“I think it’s in scrub-bush or among trees,” Hayran suggested. “It’s big enough to keep a whole division warm.”

“I suppose,” said Ashtî. “We might as well ride toward it and find out.”

The fire was more than a mile away and they advanced slowly, seeing it grow in size and intensity.

Dismounting they left their horses tethered to a tree and advanced on foot. If it was indeed Ivedik and his men they would probably be sleeping soundly, not expecting any enemy to be wandering the rainy mountains like night ghasts, creations of ill dreams.

They saw an extensive growth of bush rise before them and beyond that the light. When they came to the edge they knelt among and listened. They heard the occasional movement of horses and saw the dusky outlines of several figures move before the fire.

“They look like your ghost Kurds,” whispered Ashtî, “But we’re going to have to get closer if we want to know any more.”

Ashtî crept forward among the thorny bushes with her friends close behind. Mariam could hear the stamp of horses’ feet clearly now and both to left and right she caught glimpses of beasts tethered in their thickets. Her comrades stopped at last. They were not more than a hundred yards from the fire and the space in front of them was mostly open. Ashtî, crouching, raised her finger slowly and pointed toward the fire.

Mariam followed and saw Hassan Ivedik Bey himself. He was the dominant figure in a group of six or seven gathered about the flames. He wore an officer’s tattered uniform of green and silver, a brilliant red fez perched on his head with a small rapier hanging limply by his side.

Whatever the men were talking about appeared animated enough for first Ivedik and then another to raise their hands and make sweeping gestures as if calling on all the mountains to come and bear witness.

“Look beyond the fire … to the figures by the trees,” whispered Ashtî.

Mariam squinted in the dark. She had not noticed at first, but now she saw a dozen or so men, arms bound tightly behind them, leaning against distant trees. She knew that they were Armenians and a shiver of recognition passed through her. While the Ottoman army had arrested thousands and thousands of Greeks, Assyrians, Jews but mainly Armenians, in the villages and cities around Anatolia, they did not keep them very long. The mountains were full of their bones. Some had been executed as traitors, some executed out of boredom, but all of them who were killed were Dhimmi, the lowly non-believers whose lives were forever forfeit at the whims of the master race.

“What shall we do?” Mariam whispered back.

“Nothing now,” replied Ashtî, in the same soft tone, “but maybe we can do something soon. It’s likely that Ivedik will come down out of the mountains north of Van to meet Jevdet Bey.”

There was a sudden gust of wind at that moment and the light of the fire sprang higher.

The flames threw a glow across the faces of the prisoners. Most of them were asleep, but Mariam saw each distinctly. One was a boy, his face pale and bloodied. Near him was an older man, plump, his cheeks were hollow and thick white hair fell across his brow.

Ivedik rose presently and went to look at the prisoners. The firelight shown on his face. There was a gleam of savage exultation in those eyes. Of the many men in the Ottoman empire who saw advancement and glory by executing the undesirables for the Young Turks here was a formidable enemy.

Ivedik said a few words to his men and then withdrew into a small tent set apart from the others. The Kurds, who were obviously Hamidiye cavalry, lay down in their blankets, but there were sentinels who walked here and there. The two older women and the young man slowly crept slowly back into the dark.

“What is our best plan, Ashtî-jan?” whispered Hayran, when they could talk.

“We can’t do anything yet but wait and watch and follow. The bush runs along for a mile or two. We can hide until they set off in the morning.”

“But what if they decide that hauling prisoners across the mountains is a waste of their time?” asked Mariam. “What if they shoot them at sun up?”

Ashtî pursed her lips and said grimly, “then we’ll try something different, won’t we?”

They made their way back to where they had left their horses and then rode a mile to the north, remaining among dense bush until dawn.

“Looks like they are cooking breakfast,” said Hayran, as they ate their own cold rations at day break, pointing to a column of smoke rising from Ivedik’s camp.

After a couple of hours smoke drifted away and so the three packed up and followed, stopping on a summit to peer over the long scarp of the mountain. Far ahead could be seen the Ottoman troops and tied to each Hamidiye horse a prisoner hurried along, his bound arms often pulled up roughly over his heads by the ropes.

“They haven’t shot anyone yet,” Hayran observed, “and now we’ll follow and we can see if, with Allah’s mercy, we can help them out.”

“They’ll be coming out of the mountains in two days time,” said Ashtî. “I am sure now that they’re bound for Lake Van. It’s just as well. They’re less likely to be watchful the closer they get to Jevdet Bey.”

The Ottoman division maintained a steady pace all that day and the three friends were forced to follow at some distance. The Ivedik’s strength, as nearly as they could judge, numbered about fifty, with foot soldiers as well as the Kurdish Hamidiye on horseback.

It was only a half hour past noon when Ivedik’s men reached a deep canyon cut by a stream and were forced to travel far to the east looking for a low passage over. The three trackers watched them until they passed down into the canyon and disappeared from sight. Waiting until they were certain that the troops were five or six miles ahead, the they followed.

“We can’t lose them now,” said Hayran. “What goes down in the ground must come up at some point.”
“That is how it normally works,” Ashtî agreed. “Unless they bury themselves for good.”

They found the spot in the canyon wall the troops had used to descend. They rode more briskly through the afternoon and at darkness saw the Turkish camp fires glimmering ahead of them. But the night was not favorable to their plans. The sky was the usual cloudless black-blue of the Caucasus, the moon was at the full and all the stars were out. What they wanted was cloud coverage, anything that would help them advance and at the same time prevent the execution of the prisoners until a little while more.

They made their own camp a full two miles from Ivedik’s and Hayran took the first watch.

Ivedik started early the next morning. The dawn was gray and the breeze at the bottom of the canyon chill. As they rode on, the day remained cold, but the air undoubtedly had a touch of damp to it. Seasons were changing.

“It will rain and I’m sure the night will be dark,” said Hayran. “We may have our chance.”

By noon the troops had found a passage up and out of the canyon. Then they turned their heads back toward the south to retrace all the distance lost with the fording. Near night drops of rain began to fall in their faces and the sun set among clouds. Hayran and Mariam wrapped blankets around their shoulders. Bad weather, Mariam noted while looking at Ashtî, did not seem to bother her much. However she did take a cloth from somewhere in her possessions and wrap up her rifle least the rain spoil her weapon. They tethered their horses among thorn bushes about a mile from Ivedik’s camp and advanced on foot.

They saw the camp fire glimmering feebly through the night. The ground was damp and the clouds rolled down off the mountains, looking like ancient things alive, dragons of night mist. Nevertheless they saw on their right a field which showed a few signs of cultivation.

They surmised that Ivedik had made his camp at the lone abode of some blighted hermit.

As they came to clumps of trees they faced an enclosure bordered by a low stone hut and from its open door a light shone. Ivedik and his officers must have taken refuge there from the rain and cold and, under the boughs of the gnarled fruit trees or beside the fire, they saw the rest of the soldiers sheltering as best they could. Order and discipline was lacking. Men came and went as they pleased. Fully twenty of them were making a shelter of canvas and leaves beside the hut. Others began to build the fire higher in order to fend off the wet and cold.

The prisoners, their hands bound, sat off to one side in the dark. The camp fire made unearthly shadows across their faces which were partly obscured by the chill rain that steadily fell upon them.

Mariam did not see how the chance of rescue was improved, but Ashtî pointed in the dark at a rough shed stood at the edge of the bracken. Gesturing for her friends to follow she made her way deeper into the night.

“What do you think we’d better do?” asked Hayran when they could talk.

“Nothing now, but in an hour or two all these Ottomans will be asleep. Likely as not the sentinels, if they post any, won’t even leave the fire.”

They withdrew deeper into the thicket where they saw the fire die in the Turkish camp. After a while all sounds there ceased and again they crept near. Ivedik’s men, having finished their shelters, were now asleep and of the two sentries their backs were to the dark and they talked softly as they warmed themselves. It was unnaturally dark and the rain fell with steady insistence.

The two sentinels were now some distance from the dark little shed toward which Ashtî was leading her friends and their attention was absorbed in an endeavor to light two cigarettes to soothe and strengthen their spirits as they kept their rainy, useless watch.

The little group had reached the shed and grim joy showing in Ashtî’s face as she pointed. The Ottomans had stacked almost every rifle and pistol they had here where they would be protected from the mountain damp.

“It’s foolish to do things like this when danger is all around,” whispered Hayran. “Whom Allah would destroy He first deprives of sight and reason.”

“If we approach this shed from the rear, the sentinels, even if they look, will not be able to see us,” said Ashtî.

A few trips apiece and all the rifles with their ammunition were carried deep into the scrub. Not a sign had come meanwhile from the two soldiers on the far side of the camp. Mariam once or twice saw the lighted ends of their cigarettes glow like spirits in the dark, but the outlines of the their figures remained by the fire.

“And now for the hard part,” said Ashtî. “Let’s go look at the prisoners.”

The captives were lying under the boughs of some trees about twenty yards from the spot where the fire had been built. The rain beat upon them. As far as Mariam could judge they had gone to sleep.

Ashtî outlined her plan of action, which as always was to the point and simple. She would sit on the edge of the clearing in the dark while Hayran and Mariam went in to free the men and simply shoot every soldier who left the safety of the firelight if the alarm was raised.

“That doesn’t take into account any of the Hamidiye who weren’t fools and still have their rifles with them,” Hayran pointed out.

“That’s true.” Ashtî shrugged. “So let’s not make a lot of noise in that case.”

As Ashtî hunkered in the dark the two slipped forward and approached the dark figures of bound men lying in the rain. Mariam remembered the boy and search for him. As she approached she made out his figure lying in a strained position. She touched him on the shoulder, whispering into his ear;, with one sweep of her knife, released his arms.

“Crawl to the bush there,” instructed Mariam, pointing the way. “Another friend is waiting.”

Without a word the boy began to creep forward, stiff and awkward. Mariam turned to the next prisoner. It was the portly man whom she had seen earlier. He was wide awake, staring intently at her.

“Are you a devil or angel?” he whispered. “Am I dead? Is this salvation?”

“Turn a little to one side and I will cut you free,” Mariam replied by way of answering. She assisted the man to partly rise, but he soon staggered. It was evident that he could not walk.

“Wait a moment,” she whispered and she cut the bonds of another man. “Help your friend there.”
She saw the two going away together and she turned back to the others. She and Hayran worked fast and within five minutes the last man was released. But as they crept back toward the bush someone with a fez caught sight of the figures retreating in the rain. Two rifle shots were fired and from all around there were shouting in Turkish. Mariam and Hayran rose to their feet. Herding the escaped prisoners before them they ran for the thickets.

As the first Ottoman jumped to his feet a burst of rifle fire from the edge of dark cut him down and the troops’ horses and mules, driven into a panic, stampeded into the clearing. Ashtî must have armed several of the escaped prisoners, Mariam thought. Turks and Kurds yelled and tried to keep themselves from being trampled to under foot and hoof. In the firelight she saw Ivedik Bey, fezless, making an attempt to organize his men and see to the nature of their enemy. Soon he too was caught up in the frantic mob of soldiers and animals rushing across the bare side of the mountain.

As soon as they could Mariam and Hayran joined the fugitives by the little shed and when every single man was armed they took the rest and smashed the weapons by breaking them on the rocks. Hayran hurried into the dark and presently came back with their horses. Mariam helped the crippled man upon Old Tigran and the strange party started southward, leaving the bush, the still burning campfire and the bodies of the fallen Turks behind.

It was a slow march and for a long time nothing was said. The sound of the Turkish stampede could still be heard, moving off to the west, but the Armenians and their rescuers walked in silence save for the sound of horses crossing the rocky hills.

Mariam looked curiously at the faces of those whom they had saved, but the night sky had not lightened and she could discern little. They went this way for a full quarter of an hour and finally the noise of the stampede sank away in the south; then Ashtî laughed. It was a laugh of joy, relief and triumph and when it ceased and Ashtî drew a deep breath and spoke her mind: “Well … that seemed to work.”

“Allah certainly worked for us,” said Hayran.

“I can think of no words to describe my gratitude,” said the crippled man on Old Tigran. “We were told by Ivedik that we were Russian traitors and were to be executed. These men,” and he waved his hand at his rescued comrades, “their only crime was they tried to defend their village when the Hamidiya began attacking it. They would kill even this boy, Diradour, simply because of his blood.”

The men on foot were silent, save one with a black eye and walked carefully holding his side, who said, “I was surprised at my farm and told as Kurd der vourar goes I had no right to try and defend my family. But right or wrong,” he added grimly, “they are going to pay for what they did to my wife and daughters.”

Ashtî and Hayran now began to seek a place for a camp. They knew that too much haste would mean exhausting these men who had so little strength as it was. But the mountain was bare of trees that might offer some temporary shelter and the stone was cold and wet with rain. Finally Hayran spied a grove of dwarf oaks and with much exertion the party climbed the steep hillside and found dry ground to sit down and rest.

They could not risk building a fire even though most of the rescued men wore nothing more than rags. Still, no one complained and even the farmer with the broken ribs simply grimaced as he lay down. Mariam sat down near the crippled man who had been helped off her horse and the surprise that she had felt at first her glimpse of him bound to a tree increased.

He appeared asleep but even with closed eyes he looked vaguely familiar as if she had seen a photograph of him once, perhaps in a newspaper when she was in the city of Van. It was impossible to remember but the feeling of surprise stayed with her. His thick gray hair surmounted a broad brow. His clothing, torn and burned by white-hot bayonet blades pressed to his legs and arms, was of fine quality. Unlike the other sun-browned farmers the skin on this one was chubby and pale as if he had spent most his life locked away from sun and sky.

It took a few moments to realize the man was staring back at her. He appeared neither excitable nor resigned, simply curious. When he raised a hand to brush his wet hair away Mariam noted his hands were broad and smooth. Teacher’s hands, she guessed. He then attempted to arrange his legs which lay broken on the cold rocks and it was apparent he was still in a great deal of pain though he had yet to utter a word. Though he must be only a few years older than Mariam herself what with his graying hair and paralyzed legs he looked ancient.

“Do I know you?” Mariam asked.

The man thought this over but did not shrug his shoulders. All did was say, “I do not know. I was traveling from Constantinople to Van when Kurds attacked our wagon. My name is Yarjanian, Atom Yarjanian.”

Mariam started.

“I see that you have heard of my name or at least my poetry,” continued the stranger, but without vanity. “Yes, I am a poet from Constantinople, one of many. I was seized by Ivedik while on the way to Van. Everywhere I have traveled in our empire I have found our people being rounded up like animals, our men executed in mass graves, our women raped and marched out into the desert to die. The wastes of Der Zor are scattered with our bones. He knew who I was and he sought to silence all I had seen.”
Hayran, who had been sitting near by, nodded his head.

“Rumor in Van was that the Sultan ordered all Armenian priests and writers and teachers in Constantinople executed.”

“Ah. Yes, in this case rumors did not lie.”

“What about the Holy Father, the Catholicos?” Mariam asked.

Yarjanian shook his head.

“I do not know. I was already caught when I heard news through Ivedik’s spies that all my friends in the capital city were dead.”

Mariam shuddered and walked a little space out of the grove to steady her nerves. She had never deceived herself about the dangers that her people were facing, but it seemed that they would have to fight every kind of atrocity. When she returned she found Hayran and Ashtî spreading a blanket on the ground onto which they helped lay the wounded man who soon fell asleep. After a while others followed.

Morning came, pouring a thin light over the desolate mountainside. Mariam, Hayran and Ashtî were up though some of the rescued men still slumbered. At the suggestion of Ashtî, Mariam mounted Old Tigran and rode up the embankment to a point that offered a view of the surrounding mountains. When she returned she said no matter which way she searched she saw only a lonesome rocky slopes and trees shivering in the wind.

“Then we’ll just take our time. There is no point pushing our new friends past the point of exhaustion,” said Ashtî. “Considering they are already there.”

As she made her way through the knots of sitting men, Mariam saw Mr. Yarjanian awake and able to pull himself to his feet and limp about a little. Now that she saw him in the full daylight Mariam understood why he had appeared so familiar to her the night before. Those brows and eyes belonged to a photo that graced the cover of a book of his verse sold in nearly every Armenian enclave in the Empire. They had a celebrity with them.

As she passed by the older man looked at her and said, “Is it hard to live among such dangers on a daily basis? Why do you not go to Moscow or Paris where life is safe?”

“Paris?” Mariam echoed, as if the word were totally alien to her mind. “Why would I go abroad when my people are here? I belong here with my friends. Those two,” and she nodded at Ashtî and Hayran who were sitting some distance away talking in low voices, “have saved my life more than once and are likely to do so again.”

Yarjanian smiled.

The Kurd, with her feline broad face and snub nose and almond-shaped eyes, was dressed in travel robes that might not look out of place on a farmer’s wife. Hayran, in contrast, was small and thin and reminded Mariam of the curved knife butchers used to gut animals.

“They are uncommon, no doubt,” said Yarjanian. “Please, if you can, tell me: are they Muslim?”

“Yes, both.”

“Then; here I must admit my own ignorance, why are they fighting for us?”

“Because it is the right thing to do.”

Yarjanian nodded but said no more.

“It’s time to start,” said Ashtî as she stood and faced the small camp.

Yarjanian again mounted one of the horses and the group set off, heading south. The boy, Diradour, appeared fresh and strong after a good night rest. He and Mariam walked side by side for a while.

“How long have you three been friends?” Diradour asked Mariam, looking at Hayran and Ashtî.
“I first met Ashtî when we were both prisoners together in the dungeon of Dalan Gez, near the city of Kars. I’d never have escaped without her. I’ve known Hayran ever since he was this tall,” and she indicated a height near the boy’s shoulders, “back when I was his nurse maid.”

Diradour looked incredulous. He looked at Mariam’s scarred hands and the long rifle on her back.

“You? A nurse maid to that boy?”

“Yes; whole lot more.”

They were compelled to stop at noon for rather a long rest, as walking was tiresome. Mariam went back up onto the ridges to look for pursuers, but announced that she saw none;, after an hour, they started again.

“It would seem that if Ivedik has already organized pursuit he won’t waste the element of surprise by being caught following us,” Ashtî said several hours later. “If I were him I’d wait until night and attack while we sleep.”

“It’s likely that you’re right,” agreed Hayran, “and besides the boy and Mr. Yarjanian everyone here has a rifle. We’ll make it costly for anything that Ivedik might try against us.”

As the afternoon wore on, they began to search for some spot to camp, something that would provide them with a bit of protection them in the dark. Finally they found an old creek bed cut in the rock, five or six feet high and a mile or so up it they came upon a small grove of shrub and thorn that grew near its banks. It was there they made their camp.

That night half the group of men remained on guard while the other half tried to sleep. As Mariam, intending to take a position by the bank of the dry stream bed, passed Yarjanian, the old man regarded her attentively.

“I judge from what Ashtî said that you are expecting an attack?” asked the poet.

“If anyone can second-guess Ivedik it is Ashtî,” replied Mariam.

“Of course, then,” said Yarjanian, “we can use the high sides of the bank to our advantage. The Ottomans can come up it and yet we will be protected by height and dark.”

“Most of the boys Ivedik has brought with him,” Mariam said, “are from the lowlands, farm boys who never been in rocky mountains like this before. Hayran, Ashtî and I were all raised around here and we’re all fighting for something the Ottomans aren’t: survival. Even our poets, like you, are part of the fight, Mr. Yarjanian.”

“I’m afraid I won’t count for much if running around is required,” he said, smiling, “but, if you will kindly give me a rifle I can sit here with my back to this tree and shoot.”

“I think that can be arranged,” Mariam nodded.

Presently she brought him a rifle and bullets. Guards were placed at the edge of the grove and Ashtî and Mariam sat on opposite side of the high bank overlooking the dry bed below. Mariam found a large boulder, blown down off the mountain by some ancient tremor and as there was a comfortable seat on one side where she remained there a long time. The bed itself was about ten feet wide and in the dark she was looking toward the east, about two hundred yards or more down the rocky ground to a point where it curved. The air was full of movement and Mariam began to walk up and down again in order to keep awake. She retraced her steps back to Yarjanian and found the man still sitting with eyes wide open and the rifle across his lap.

“I hear,” he said, “that you have met Jevdet Bey.”

“Met? Yes, more than once. Several times when I was a prisoner in the castle the Turks call Dalan Gez and again when I was recaptured.”

“What do you think of him?”

“To call him an evil man is to underestimate him,” Mariam said, thinking for a moment. “Ottoman promotion is measured in infidel blood, as they say, but as governor Jevdet Bey wants to not just destroy any resistance but wipe all Armenians off the map utterly. What can you say about such a man that doesn’t sound like banality?”

Yarjanian looked away and interlaced his fingers thoughtfully.

“I do not know,” he said finally. “Is this a new breed of man who revels in barbarous action? Or is this an old breed, a race traced down from Cain who lives among us but we insist does not exist? My friends and I would argue late into the night on the nature of evil. How could such a thing even be defined since it is always possible, no matter what atrocity a person can dream up, to go one further by being even more atrocious, to the point such terms as ‘evil’ loses all meaning?”

“But that doesn’t take into consideration what is happening around us now,” Mairam said, shrugging. “The Ottomans have always been a combination of greatness and vanity and corruption. That is the building blocks of the Sultans’ reigns.”

“And don’t forget paranoid, too,” the poet nodded, “the sad irony is that all my friends who could not come to an agreement as to the nature of evil are now dead, executed, even while we argued.” Yarjanian lifted the rifle, put its stock to his shoulder and drew a bead in the dark. “I do not think I shall make that mistake. Evil is evil because I say it is and I think I could hit a man like Jevdet Bey at forty or fifty yards in this good moonlight and believe I am still doing good in this world.”

He replaced the rifle across his knees and sighed.

Mariam nodded and moved away. She sat on her rock and kept her eyes on the deep shadows. The rocks were dark and still in the night but it seemed to her that they were darker than they had been before. Mariam could feel her scalp tingle. She looked attentively and saw figures moving in the dry river bed, keeping close against the sides. She waited only a moment longer to assure herself that the dark moving line was not some trick of the moonlight. She could not see faces or uniforms but she had no doubt that these were Ivedik’s Hamidiya. Taking up her rifle, she found the foremost shape in her sights and fired.

“Down by the gulch! Ivedik is here!”

A volley of bullets came from the shadows but with nothing to aim at fell far to one side or the other. In an instant Ashtî, Hayran, Diradour and two of the farmers were by Mariam’s side.

“So they thought they could sneak around the grove in the dark and come down upon us with our backs turned?” Ashtî murmured. “We’ll pick them off as they run, they’ve trapped themselves down there.”
The rifle shot flashed and the dark line in the creek bed now broke into a frantic rush. Three Hamidiya fell in the first burst of gunfire, but the rest ran, tripping and stumbling through the sand and rocks, until they turned the curve.

Even as the small company began to reload they could hear shots and someone screaming in pain in the dark. Ashtî, calling to the others, hurried to the other side of the grove, where they were confronted by a second attack, led by Ivedik himself. Here Kurds on horseback charged directly at the Armenians, but they were met by a broadside which knocked more than two from their saddles.

Much of the charge was a blur to Mariam, a smudge of fire and smoke, of beating hoofs and of cries of pain. Glancing around her she saw Yarjanian sitting with his back against a tree calmly firing a rifle
at the invaders. The poet had time for only two shots, but when he reloaded the second time he placed the rifle across his knees as before and smiled.

As the Ottoman troops turned in their charge Mariam saw a figure waving a sword and urging his men on. Mariam fired but could not tell if her bullet found its target in the dark. The next moment the horseman was lost in the shadows. Turning, she saw second assault charge up the dry gulch but the quickness of Hayran and several of the men who had been sleeping defeated their aim, leaving several soldiers to bleed and die in the dark along side the bodies of their earlier companions.

When this charge was driven back and the horses were silenced Ashtî and Hayran combed rocks and grove, in case any Ottoman sharpshooter should lie hidden among the rocks.

Nobody slept any more that night. Mariam, Diradour and Ashtî kept a sharp watch upon the bed of the creek, the moon and stars aiding them. But Ivedik did not venture again by that perilous path, although toward an hour or so before morning his men opened a scattering fire in the gloom from below at the base of the mountain, many of their bullets whistling at random among the rocks. Some of the Armenians, crawling to the edge of the grove, replied, but they seemed to have little effect, as the Ottoman Turks lay hidden behind a ridge. The attackers soon grew tired and after a while silence settled once again.

Three of the Armenians had suffered slight wounds, but Hayran bound them up skillfully. Mariam saw that several of the men had, on their own initiative, been rolling all the fallen rocks that they could move to the edge of the clearing to form a more natural defense. The rough work and in their exhausted state they were only able to turn over half a dozen. Once that was over they lay down and slept.

Mariam and Ashtî could not sleep, though. They went to to the edge of the gulch and together watched the dawn. They saw the dim sun rise over the mountain ridges and the dew sparkle for a little while on the clumps of scrub and rock. They saw nothing but the empty mountain side. But the three friends discerned six bodies lying on the sand down the bed of the creek and they knew that they were the men who had fallen during the night. With the three shot from their saddles in Ivedik’s charge and the two that Yarjanian shot there were eleven less Ottoman soldiers in the world to bother them as they made their escape. Perhaps more, depending on the wounded and what little medical assistance Ivedik had to offer.

At the suggestion of Ashtî they lit a fire and were able to warm the last of the food and coffee they had among the group, thus putting heart into all the defenders. Then Ashtî sent Mariam out for a little scouting work on horseback. Mariam found Old Tigran seeking blades of grass within the limits allowed by his lariat.

Mariam rode boldly out of the scrub and advanced a short distance upon the mountainside. Two or three shots were fired from a point behind the first ridge but the bullets fell short.

“Count on them wasting many of their bullets on you,” Ashtî said to her. “If an Ottoman is given a gun it’s mighty hard for him to keep from firing it. All we want to do is to uncover their position. Don’t be a hero, Mariam-jan.”

Mariam sat on her horse and looked at the world around her. Presently a man on horseback, waving a large white handkerchief, appeared on the crest of the ridge and rode toward her. Mariam raised one eyebrow upon seeing it was Ivedik Bey himself. He looked rested and amiability, rode with confidence and saluted Armenian woman in a light easy fashion.

Mariam simply stared and waited gravely.

“We can be polite, woman, even if we are enemies,” said Ivedik in Turkish.

“I have no friendship with butchers,” growled Mariam.

“I am only a minor servant of the Young Turks and serve my fatherland in the way I think best,” said Ivedik, “and you must remember that in our view you are a rebel and traitor.”

“Since when have mothers and children and grandfathers been considered rebels? Since when has a couple of heated young men in Constantinople warranted the rape and murder of every Armenian in Anatolia?”

Ivedik flushed all the way up to his rakish fez.

“We will not argue the point any further,” he said dismissively, “but come at once to the business before us. First, I will admit several things. Your rescue of the prisoners was very clever. Also you beat us off last night, but I now have a hundred men with me and we have plenty of weapons. We are bound to take you sooner or later.”

“Then why talk to us about it?” said Mariam.

“Because I wish to save bloodshed.”

Mariam made a noise half way between a laugh and a snort.

“Really? The mighty Ivedik Bey, Butcher of Kars, wants to avoid shedding Armenian blood?”

“Yes, give us the man, Yarjanian; the rest of you can go free.”

“Why are you so anxious to have Yarjanian?”

Mariam awaited the answer. It was obvious that Yarjanian had rather minimized his own importance. Ivedik flicked the mane of his chestnut mustang with a small whip and replied: “Our Governor and General, the illustrious Jevdet Bey, is extremely anxious to see him. Secrets of state are not for me. I merely follow my orders.”

“Then you take this from me,” said Mariam, “my comrades and I do not buy our lives at the price of another’s.”

“If you say so.”

“I do say so. How can any Armenian trust the word of either you or your Jevdet Bey? Within days you’d be on our trail again, trying to wipe us off the face of the map.”

Ivedik flushed again.

“I shall not notice your insults, woman.” he said. “They are beneath me. I am an Ottoman officer and you are merely a goat herder at best. In war one cannot choose his enemies. I make you the proposition once more. Give us Yarjanian and go. If you do not accept we shall nevertheless take him and hang your bodies from the cliff for the vultures to eat. Remember that you are rebels and Russian traitors and that you will certainly be shot or strung up.”

“I don’t remember any of those things,” said Mariam grimly. “What I do remember is that we were citizens just like everyone else until you decided it would be easier to blame each blunder the Young Turks committed against your own people. And we were loyal, the most loyal of millet. Now look where that got us. But if you want to hang me you first got to catch me and if you want to shoot me you first got to hit me. That is something no Turk or Kurd seems capable of doing, despite all your bragging. And with that I reckon we’ll bid you good day, Ivedik Bey.”

When Mariam returned to the grove she found that Yarjanian was able to stand, leaning against a tree.
“May I ask the result of your conference?” he inquired.

“There’s no secret,” replied Mariam, “Ivedik said that all of us could go if we would give up you.”

“And your answer?”

Mariam leaned forward a little on her horse.

“You know something about the Young Turks, don’t you, Mr. Yarjanian?”

“I have recently had an opportunity to observe and study them, yes.”

“As long as they have a rifle and the strength to aim they will continue to hunt us down,” Hayran said.

“I tend to agree with that assessment, my friend,” the older man replied.

“Nonetheless,” said Ashtî. “We can’t stay where we are. We must find a way of getting off this side of the mountain.”

As the hours passed all was quiet. It was warmer than usual and bright with sunshine. The Ottoman Turks appeared on some of the knolls, far enough away to be out of rifle shot.

“Ivedik must be thinking he has all the time in the world,” said Mariam to Diradour as the two of them stood on the edge of the grove.

“Do you think they will attacks us again?” asked the boy anxiously.

“I don’t plan to be around here tonight to find out. Do you notice, Diradour-jan, that it’s beginning to cloud up again? I think we’re going to have a dark night and it’s given me an idea,” Mariam said.

“What is it?”

Mariam smiled and said, “Just wait, dear; find out. It all depends upon what kind of night we have.”

The clouds came heavy and sun did not return. All that afternoon Mariam, Hayran and Ashtî talked together, looking frequently at the skies. Later that day they entered the dry creek bed and examined it critically. Night fell. At nine o’clock the group stood and began leading the horses up the side of the mountain, toward a cut that would double back and lead them to the gulch’s floor. It would take them at least an hour of hiking and another hour traveling back down the path they had just gone. But there was no moon and Ashtî did not believe that the Turks or Kurds, no doubt on all sides of the canyon, would venture down into it owing to their embarrassing defeat the night before. The greatest difficulty would be with the horses. Mariam, holding the reigns of Old Tigran, led the way.

The poet found he could keep a slow pace at the back of the group, his beaten legs shuffling along and supporting his weight. Their journey met with no resistance and at the cut Old Tigran made the descent without slipping and in a few minutes the entire party stood upon the sand.

“Now Mr. Yarjanian,” whispered Ashtî to the poet, “you need to get on Mariam’s horse and we’ll be off.”

Yarjanian sighed but mounted in silence. Then they moved slowly over the soft sand. Ashtî and Hayran led and Mariam took the rear. They went very slowly in order to keep the horses’ feet from making any sound that listening Hamidiya might hear.

It was odd to Mariam that the world was so quiet. She had suspected the soldiers would have by this time discovered the grove was empty but apparently Ivedik had yet to send any snipers or sharpshooters in to pick off a stray Armenian. A careless footstep or a snort or stumble by one of the horses might bring the whole Ottoman army down upon them at any moment. It was impossible to know where they were, up on the lip of the canyon or a hundred miles away, as they made their way along the dry river bed.

As they passed the place the grove stood Mariam felt a prickling along her scalp. So far there had been no noise from the men nor did any horse stumble. As the silent procession moved on Ashtî suddenly raised a warning hand as she neared the curve in the bed of the creek.

Ivedik Bey had surrounded the grove completely. His men were on both sides of the canyon but kept their distance in the shadows, having developed a healthy respect for the Armenian rifles. Having no choice but pushing on the small group made its way until they passed the curve of the cliff and increased their speed slightly.

Looking up Mariam could see the dim shape of a sharpshooter sitting near the edge of the canyon, rifle held loosely in his hands, his head turning in every direction save down. The Armenians were now a full four hundred yards from the grove.

By her side she could feel the boy Diradour whimpering slightly in the dark. She reached out her hand and found his and squeezed it. When they were a full mile from the grove she bent her head and whispered in his ear, “We’ve made it.”

“I hope they don’t discover we are missing for a while,” whispered Diradour as a reply.

“Of course,” Mariam smiled, “I don’t want to die in battle just now or get executed for being a Russian spy.”

As they pushed forward the walls of the canyon decreased in height. Finally, when it became apparent that the canyon offered no more protection, Ashtî called a halt and they listened. They heard no sound but the faint moaning of the wind among the rocks.

“Perhaps we escaped, perhaps the Ottomans know exactly what we’re doing, I can’t tell. Anyone who isn’t anxious to be a running target stay here and take their chances. But one thing is for certain, as soon as Ivedik realizes we slipped past him he’ll send his Hamidiya after us and then we’ll have a real race to see who can make it to Lake Van first.”

Ashtî turned and began walking out into the open and all the others followed. Now men and horses made some noise but having put almost two miles between themselves and the grove they simply hoped their sounds would not travel far. In fact, Ashtî urged them to greater speed, careless of the sounds; they kept the pace for another full mile. By that time they had quit the dry stream bed and stood for a little while at the base of the mountain, resting and looking about. They were in a long valley snaking its way between the cliffs. What surrounded them none could say, the moon still lay hidden in the clouds. Then, as soon as the could, they began to push across the flat land, heading toward the city on the edge of the lake called Van.

They left the canyon behind and the small group of Armenians made their way across the empty valley floor. They walked slowly, making frequent stops to listen for pursuers. Their pace became slower and slower and presently the late twilight of spring was coming. A wind moaned and they made their way across the desolate plain to a distant clump of trees that, hopefully, signaled water.

“Van is on the other side of these mountains,” Ashtî said, “if we are lucky we’ll get there tomorrow. We’ll sheltered here and we’d better wait a while while everyone rests up.”

Agreeing to this plan the company relaxed, stretching and easing weary muscles. Old Tigran and the other horses hunted for grass. They remained several hours among the trees. Dawn would be with them soon in the east but as they sat Mariam noticed a scarlet flush under the southwestern peaks which was not a part of the night nor of the new day. Ashtî noted it as well and her face darkened. She turned to the small group.

“You see it, don’t you Hayran-jan? What do you think it is?”

The young man looked back at his friends for a moment and then said said in a small voice, “Camp fires, I think. Fires that come from a massive army.”

The dawn came and the small group of survivors rested in the shadows of the valley. The day progressed slowly but the Armenians saw neither sign of Ivedik the Young Turk nor his Kurdish horsemen. When dusk fell Mariam approached her two friends.

“How far off would you say that light is, Ashtî?” asked Hayran.

“Two miles?”

“Where? Down by the lake?”

“That’s my thinking. Perhaps in an hour or so the three of us can ride and see.”

“It looks like another dark night. What about Ivedik? Won’t he be taking the same route we are?”

“No, I don’t think so,” Ashtî replied. “If I were him I would rejoin the main army. For all his talk of recapturing the esteemed Mr. Atom Yarjanian I suspect that he’d rather not have another fiasco like last night, being so close to his master, Jevdet Bey.”

The night deepened and many of the stars the night before were now hidden by floating wisps of cloud. The increased darkness, though, only made the scarlet glow over the peaks intensify. Soon the whole horizon, it seemed, was awash in flame.

“That army gets bigger and bigger as the night goes on,” Hayran joked, as the three mounted their horses and rode cautiously toward the light. It had been agreed upon that the farmers and the poet Yarjanian, as well as the boy, Diradour, would stay behind. Most of the men were still exhausted from their flight and with only three horses it seemed pointless to take extra bodies along on their scouting mission that would slow them down and draw attention.

The Caucasus landscape rolled away in swells and dips for the most part. The valley was flat and the red glow was always in sight, deepening fast as they advanced. Finally they came to where the mountains opened and the whole of Lake Van spread out before them. They stopped at last on a little hill. It would take some time for an army of that size to make its way to the city, which shown in the far distance as fireflies on the edge of the lake.

They saw fires spread before them, a giant curve that stretched a mile in either direction though the nearest campfire was only four or five hundred yards away. They listened to the confused murmur of thousands of men at ease and now and then the musical cry of a wooden flute or stringed instrument came to them. They began counting the dark outlines of cannons in the firelight but soon stopped. It was impossible to guess how much weaponry sat in the dark.

“This is the same army that lay siege on Kars and slaughtered thousands of my people,” Mariam stated in a whisper. “There is only one reason why they are heading to Van. Now that the Tzar’s army has retreated back to St. Petersburg there is no power in all of Europe strong enough to break the Sultan’s advance.”

Ashtî said nothing but Hayran nodded in the dark and added: “The Armenians in Van have no idea the kind of strength that is about to be unleashed upon them.”

Finally Ashtî spoke her mind with a shake of her head: “I do not know how we could even begin to form a defense. The men of Van are content to squabble and argue. Some even think the Sultan will spare them if they expose those among their own people trying to mount a resistance.”

“Don’t you think,” said Mariam, “that we ought to find out just exactly what we are dealing with?”
“You mean simply walk into camp and pretend we’re part of the army?” Hayran asked and Ashtî nodded in agreement.

They rode to a group of trees they had passed leaving the valley. Mariam was quite confident that Old Tigran and the others would remain there, hunting for sparse grass, until their return.

They agreed Mariam would go her own way, while Ashtî would take Hayran with her, posing as her son. An army of this size was sure to be full of “camp followers,” a small army themselves of Dhimmi women — Armenians, Assyrians, Greeks — bound into servitude, doing everything from emptying latrine buckets to acting as the officers’ personal harem. An older Kurdish woman and her son would not stick out and if Mariam was able she could pass unnoticed in the shadows, listening and watching. They agreed to meet back at the trees an hour before sunrise.

The three parted and Mariam turned away to the right. After a hundred yards or so she suddenly found herself stopped by small fissure in the ground, five or six feet wide, with deep walls. She looked about, her friends had already disappeared and before her glowed the red light and the distant sound of voices. She was well armed under her robes and with her knowledge of various dialects of Turkish Mariam believed that she could sit in the dark and listen to what was being said.

The fissure led straight down toward the edge of the lake upon which the Ottomans were encamped and when she emerged from it she was surrounded by scores of camp fires and thousands and thousands of men. Sentries were posted here and there but they kept little watch within the massive army. Why should they? They knew of no foe other than a couple of Kurdish tribes that had sided with the Tzar when the war broke out and they were hundreds and hundreds of miles away.

Mariam’s heart sank as she beheld the extent of the Ottoman arrangement. The little band of Armenians left in the valley, the Armenians in the city of Van, in fact even if they gathered every last man, woman and child in the entire region, could be no match for such an army as this.

Nevertheless, the only way her people in Van would believe and prepare for such a battle facing them was if she brought detailed accounts of their strength and numbers. She pulled the edges of her robe closer to her and walked forward to sit in the dark just outside the nearest campfire. From there she was just one more aimless spot of darkness in a night full of shifting shadows.

The men that sat near Mariam were from the far south — small and lean and rather bedraggled in the cold mountain night. Though it was late most remained awake with little to do but stare into the flames. One had brought out a little wooden flute and would play a rough tune and then sing snatches of a child’s fairy tale about a dreadful ghost all clad in red who would visit the guilty as they slept. It seemed an odd choice to sing on the eve of a major assault upon one of their own cities.

Mariam sat and listened. No one said much. An air of fatigue hung over the campfire.

Two other men, smoking their own Murad cigarettes, listened dog-tiredly but attentively. Mariam imitated them, felt the influence of the music, so scared and remorseful, speak of the crimes war brings. It was hard to look at these beaten men and see anything of the monstrous spirit that had laid the city of Kars to waste. In fact, take away their tattered uniforms and these might be goat herders found anywhere in Anatolia. Their uniforms and rifles and ever present Murad cigarettes spoiled the image for her, though.

Around her Mariam studied the figures that passed back and forth between the tents. She noticed the signs of nervous bustle and expectancy about the camp, as if waiting for some prearranged sign. In the darkness no one seemed to have noticed an extra figure has joined the circle. The men close to her rested their heads upon pillows made of their packs and blankets. Mariam remained invisible.

“Wala, we had a hard march,” someone finally said, using a Kurdish term, as if agreeing to a conversation she had not been privy to.

“It was,” said the man next on her right. “By the Prophet’s beard, they have been driving us forward, haven’t they, Yajub?”

Yajub, the man with the flute who had been singing, replied in the affirmative: “You speak the great truth, Kylych. For hundreds of miles we have tramped in our bare feet, across mountains, after such a defeat at Tabriz. And for weeks ice and the snow beating in our faces. How I shivered, Kylych! I thought I should never feel the sun again.”

The others nodded and seemed to Mariam to move a little closer to the fire, driven by the memory of the icy trek.

“Wala,” the first man replied to this. “Poor Anshargal, freezing to death even as we marched. There is no honor for a man to die like that. Left behind in the mountains, with that look on his face.”

“And so many of us coming down with typhus,” another voice broke in. “Poor Hafiz Hakki, coughing up so much blood.”

“But it was the will of the great Jevdet Bey that we push on,” said Kylych. “They say that his wrath was terrible when he heard how the Armenian bandits and traitors had taken up arms in Kars. Truly, I am glad that I was not one of his officers he shot for being sons of a mangy dog. I think it is sometimes better to be a foot soldier die honorably than to have command and be shot for foolishness.”

Men in the dark all nodded in agreement.

“Wala, the great Jevdet Bey will finish what the Tzar has started,” the first man put in. “He has defeated all the enemies of the Young Turks and now he advances to crush these insolent and miserable Armenians. As I have said, he will finish it. The Ottoman’s sword will be busy. In six months there will be no Armenians left in the entire empire.”

Mariam shivered in the dark as she looked around at the camp fires of the great army. Kylych’s eyes flashed. He had excited himself by his own tale of the coming slaughter. It was that strain of cruelty she could not understand. It crossed all nations and lay in the hearts of so many people. It seemed to be a primal part of the human condition.

“We are the greatest army in the world,” a younger voice piped in.

Some of the older veterans made coughing noises but no one commented on the observation.

“Everyone of us who dies in battle is a martyr,” said Yajub proudly, “We will take ten times the numbers of the Armenians in Van than we did in Kars. They are only farmers and bandits and sell their honor cheap to that bastard the Tzar.”

“And we have the tricksy Kurd on our side,” the young voice added.

“Ah yes, the Kurds. I can never imagine a better comrade. For being savages they serve the Young Turks well.”

“Hush, some of them are true Believers, it is not right you talk of them as such.”

“Wala, he speaks the truth. I have marched with them and witnessed them in battle. They have an apatite for savagery I have never seen before. It is good they are our friends, I would not like to think what would happen if we ever betrayed them.”

As they spoke men came and went from the fire. At one point a fellow foot soldier sat down and asked, “Have you heard when we march?”

“As soon as the great Jevdet Bey arrives, no doubt,” said Yajub.

Mariam’s heart gave a leap. So Jevdet Bey himself would be arriving. Now she was very glad that she had entered the Ottoman camp. She stood up in the dark and and sauntered off. It was easy enough for her to do so without attracting attention, what with her robes about her and her rifle on her shoulder she blurred into the background like so many of the others doing the same thing. Discipline seldom amounted to much in the Ottoman army and so confident were both officer and soldier alike of an overwhelming victory that they preserved scarcely any at all. Yet the under the expectant feeling that pervaded the whole camp was another, a more somber mood. It was, Mariam realized, fear.

But what did these soldiers have to fear? Jevdet Bey was the greatest man in the world to them. He had triumphed over everything set against him. He was the Horseshoe Master, after all; showed no mercy to those he felt beneath him. Mariam felt more than once a little shiver at his name. These were just men around her, undependable and error-prone like every other man she had ever known, regardless of which gods they worshiped. But Jevdet Bey was something more. He was a symbol of Ottoman will and might and everyone who benefited from his campaign of terror and rape and slaughter would see him in a holy light and everyone who suffered would recognize a devil.

Mariam walked on, from fire to fire, until hers attention was arrested suddenly by one at which only officers sat. It was not so much the group sitting and talking in hushed tones as it was one among them who drew hers attention. Ivedik Bey sat on the far side of the fire, every feature thrown into clear relief by the bright flames. The other officers were sitting close together, watching one of their number spin a clay top upon a flat rock. In contrast to the rest of the camp they were evidently in high good humor, as they laughed low but frequently.

Mariam sat down just within the shadow of a tent wall, drew hers robes higher about her face and rested her head upon hers arm. She would be one more sleeping shade of night to an ordinary observer, but she was near enough to hear what Ivedik and his friends were saying.

“You lose, Muwakkil,” said one of the men as the top evidently had fallen off the stone. “What was it that you were saying about the Bey?”

“That I expect an early advance, Raaghib,” replied the one called Muwakkil, “a brief campaign and a complete victory. I hate these Armenians. I shall be glad to see them exterminated.”

The young officer whom he called Raaghib laughed.

“Don’t hold back, my friend.”

Ivedik Bey turned and stared at the lounging officers, saying darkly: “A lowly race, beneath our dignity to even recognize. All they do is spin tall tales about our Sultan’s generous love.”

“If what I hear be true, Ivedik,” Muwakkil said, “you have cause to hate them. Imagining, having a whole handful of ripe Armenians in your hand and a sly fox comes and steals them all away as you sleep.”

Ivedik flushed but controlled his temper.

“Yes, yes, Allah bless our poor Ivedik,” another chimed in. “And stolen by the very fox you failed to kill in Kars. That must hurt, especially an Armenian female fox locked up in your very own private dungeon.”

“It is true, Qasim,” Ivedik replied, gritting his teeth. “Those …” and he paused as if the words hurt his mouth to say, “women are clever. I hate them.”

“Allah blesses only the faithful, Ivedik,” said the man called Qasim, “but they are nothing. Women are women. Men look for conquest with honor, like Van. There are thousands of Armenian women there and then you can have all the revenge you wish.”

“I count upon it, Qasim,” Ivedik said, smiling. “The only thing that galls me is the loss of that rat Yarjanian. Imagine, a French journalist trying to say he was on holiday, heading to Van. Who would believe such a lie? No, I know of no one who would go to Van on holiday. Yarjanian is a spy, a French spy for the Tzar, reporting on our movement. Jevdet Bey himself said he’d rather have Yarjanian than a thousand Armenian prisoners.”

“Which is good,” Muwakkil said. “When we are done I doubt there be even that many Armenians in the whole empire left alive.”

The small group laughed, a laugh that made Mariam, lying in the shadow, shiver all over. The attention of Ivedik and his comrades soon became absorbed in the clay top once again. Mariam could hear the gravelly noise of clay on stone and the sharp little sound began to rankle her nerves. Mariam rose by and by and walked on. What were they to do? The Armenians of Van were so few and poor. The Ottoman Turks were limitless and they had the resources of an empire more than seven centuries old.
Presently officers threw down cards and dice. Men straightened their uniforms and Raaghib and Muwakkil began to form companies into lines. More fuel was thrown on the fires, which sprang up, suffusing all the night with color-shadows and bright pockets of darkness. In the excitement of the moment Mariam wondered about Ashtî and Hayran and what they were witnessing.

A thrill seemed to run through the whole Ottoman force. Their leader, a godhead, was coming to teach the Armenians a lesson once and for all. Was not the will of the Young Turks? to purge the lands of non-believers and bring dawn out of the dark into the light?

The torches grew brighter. The Ottoman lines became silent save for a deep murmur. In the dark they heard the rapid beat of hoofs and then Jevdet Bey appeared, galloping at the head of fifty Kurdish horsemen. Many of the younger officers called for order in the ranks though no one had moved. Others held up torches and the Governor rode in on a blaze of flame and smoke.

Mariam looked once more upon that audacious and cruel face. In the saddle he was an imposing figure. His eyes were blazing with triumph as he passed down rank after rank of soldiers. Leo Tolstoy’s Napoleon might have looked this way on the night before Austerlitz, Mariam thought. But the comparison ended with the eyes, Jevdet Bey would never be a Napoleon of the Islamic world regardless of how many cities he sacked and how many people he put to sword and flame. And yet here he was, the gold braid on his uniform and gorgeous fez reflected in the firelight.

A mighty cheer from thousands of throats ran along the Ottoman line. Jevdet Bey lifted his hand and nodded three times in salute. Again the Ottoman cheer rolled to right and to left. Jevdet, still sitting on his horse, spread out his hands. The army fell silent.

“My İttihad-ı Osmanî Cemiyeti soldiers,” he cried. “I have come to sweep away these miserable Armenians who have dared to raise the rebel flag against us. We will punish them all and make their women feel our justice. When we finish our march over the empire it shall be as if a great fire had passed cleansing the world of the non-believer. I am Jevdet Bey. I have spoken.”

The thunderous cheer broke forth again. A young officer rushed forward and held his stirrup as the Governor dismounted. Then the generals, including those who had come with him, crowded around. It was a brilliant company and even in the shadows Mariam was able to recognize many faces: Zafar, Abdul-Qahaar, Rustam, Garsiyya, Tayyib, Nangishlishma and, standing off by himself, a man dressed in the uniform of the Deutsche Luftstreitkräfte, the Imperial German Air Service. This was Hans-Joachim Buddecke, a German officer who had been lent to the Young Turks in their organization of army against the Tzar.

Mariam watched them as they talked together and occasionally the crowd parted enough for her to see Jevdet Bey, who laughed and gestured with zest. The foot soldiers had been drawn away by the junior officers and were now dispersing back to their places by the fires. Here and there a Kurdish Raider sat, seemingly obvious to the racket around him.

Jevdet Bey went presently to a great pavilion that had been prepared for him, while the other generals retired elsewhere into the night. Soon the camp quickly sank into silence. Mariam sat in the dark and
watched the camp fires die slowly. Most of the men were asleep now, their figures were growing indistinct in the shadows. Rising, Mariam crept forward, very little escaped hers notice. She went along the entire Ottoman line and then back again and she saw that their original estimate of 10,000 for the Ottoman army was too few. The number was twice that, perhaps more. She saw many cannons and the horses for a great cavalry force.

On her last trip along the line Mariam began to look for Ashtî and Hayran, but she saw no shadows resembling theirs and hoped that they were safely away, back at where they left their horses waiting for her return. Suddenly, striding out of the darkness, Mariam was nearly trampled upon by roiled figure of Ivedik Bey himself.

The Ottoman captain was not lacking in vigilance and forcefulness and even at that late hour he was seeing that all was well in the camp of Jevdet Bey. Mariam was truly thankful now that Islamic custom permitted her to cover hers face with hers robes and veils.

“Harlot! Camp woman! why are you walking here?” demanded Ivedik.

“I’ve just come from the tent of General Garsiyya,” replied Mariam, having heard the commander of the artillery’s boasting apatite for women. Mariam’s tone was courteous and apologetic and she hoped Ivedik would be satisfied with an impatient word or two but he was in a most vicious temper. Perhaps he had been rebuked by Jevdet Bey for allowing the escape of Atom Yarjanian.

“Why don’t you speak up?” the irritable man exclaimed. “Why do you mumble your words, stupid woman!”

When Mariam simply bobbed her head in what she hoped would be seen as submission Ivedik’s face flushed. He carried in his hand a small riding whip, which he switched occasionally across the tops of his tall, military boots.

“Bawd! Cyprian!” he cried. “You hear me!”

Suddenly the Turk lashed Mariam across the face with the riding whip. The blow fell on her robes but the viciousness of it caught her by surprise and she leaped upon the astonished officer, wrenching the
whip from his hands, slashed him across the cheeks with it until the blood ran in streams, then broke it in two and threw the pieces in his face. Mariam’s veils fell away. Ivedik had clasped his hands to his cheeks that ran red with his own blood and in shock cried out, recognizing the woman.

“Mariam!”

The sharp exclamation brought Mariam back to the danger she was in. Already Ottoman soldiers were stirring. Dropping the pieces of the whip she stumbled backwards into the dark.

Blinded by his own blood, Ivedik had drawn a pistol and was shouting Turkish oaths. The soldiers, some of them just awakened from sleep, dazed, had gathered in a huddle, unable to fathom what their officer was shouting about. More Turks were gathering and there was great confusion. Everybody was asking what was the matter. By the time Ivedik Bey was on his feet Mariam was gone.

In the dark she worked her way steadily toward the canyon and soon she left behind her the lights and the noise. Passing beyond the Ottoman lines, she entered the cut in the earth down which she had
come. She was exhausted and her heart was beating heavily. She thought of Ashtî and Hayran, but she could do nothing for them. She must trust to meeting them again at the place appointed.

Mariam looked at the Ottoman camp. The fires had burned up again there for a minute or two, but as she looked they sank once more. The noise also decreased. Evidently they were giving up the pursuit.
Mariam rose and walked slowly up the canyon. She became aware that the night was cold and she pulled her robes tighter around her. She stopped at intervals to search the darkness with hers eyes and to listen for noises, but she saw nothing but the faint glow on the southern horizon that marked the Ottoman camp where she had met her enemy.

Hurrying forward she made her way to where the three of them had left their horses. Old Tigran seemed happy to she her with a soft whinny. She waited a full half hour until first Ashtî and then Hayran rejoined the group.

“It will soon be day,” Ashtî said. “We’d better clear out. We can tell about what we’ve seen and done when we’re two or three miles away.”

They were in the saddle at once, rode swiftly northward, none of them speaking for a half hour. When a faint tinge of gray appeared on the eastern rim of the world Ashtî said: “My story is short and to the point. I spent most the night sitting behind a canon. The fires were too bright and men too close to go anywhere without being seen. I have counted thousands of troops, though. Whatever the Ottomans plan it is going to be violent and bloody.”

“I got into the camp,” said Hayran, after a minute of silence, “I hung around; I saw just what Ashtî saw, no more and no less. It was long, but it’s a long watch that didn’t tell me as much as we already knew.”

“Well, as for myself” said Mariam, after another wait of a minute, “I was able to go about in the Ottoman camp without any notice being taken of me. I saw Jevdet Bey arrive to make a pretty speech.”

“Jevdet Bey is here?” exclaimed Ashtî.

“Yes, Jevdet Bey is here. And I met our old friend Ivedik. He mistook me for a working girl and tried to give me a whipping for being a woman.”

Ashtî and Hayran had turned in their saddles to stare at their friend aghast.

“And what did you do?” exclaimed Hayran.

“Oh, I took the whip away from him and lashed his face with it until I was recognized but in the turmoil and confusion I escaped.”

As they headed back up the valley they made plans. Every one of the three knew that the need was great. They knew how divided counsels had scattered the Armenians of Van and with it any hope of gathering together an army of partisans. Messengers would have to be sent with the news that Jevdet Bey was advancing with an immense force with plans to burn the city to the ground.

“What do you see?” Ashtî asked her friend.

Mariam peered up the side of the mountain they were ascending. The road was narrow, cut into the rock and zigzagged back and forth as it climbed. She remained quiet for a moment, squinting up at the clouds.

“Do you see that black speck there, up on the saddle where the two peaks come together?” she asked. “If you’ll watch it you’ll see that it’s moving. And look! There’s another! and another! and another!”
Ashtî and Hayran now saw the black specks as well, high up where the road disappeared into the hidden valley they were making for. The three stopped on the crest of a swell and watched them attentively.

“One … two … seven … eight … twelve … thirteen …” Mariam mused, counting to herself.

“Now who do you suppose they are?” Hayran said.

“Not Kurds, riding like that in the open for anyone with eyes to see,” Ashtî replied.

“Some of Ivedik’s men late for the party?” Hayran suggested.

“I’ve an idea that those are not Turks. They look too big and tall and they sit too straight up in their saddles for Turks.”

“We’ll soon see,” said Ashtî and urged her horse forward.

The rode in silence for another half an hour, climbing steadily all the while. Soon there could be no further doubt that the thirteen were foreigners. They were not in uniform but rode as cavalry officers ride, with authority and self-assurance. They were mounted on large horses. One rode a little ahead of the others who moved in an even single file. He was tall and thin, his hair wavy and black like an Armenian’s. His features were angular and tanned by winds and storms and across his shoulder lay a rifle with a barrel of unusual length.

As the drew near the rider in front held up a hand as a sign of cordiality.

“Enker!”

The man spoke with a deep Russian accent, using the Armenian word for friend. This brought the three women up short.

“What in the world are they doing here?” Mariam heard Ashtî ask herself but said no more.

“We have traveled through these mountains for two weeks and run across many Kurds and their guns but so far they have all been men and horses. Here we have three horses, but you appear to be women, dressed for war. no less.”

No one replied so the rider spoken on.

“Would you three be Armenian?”

“One of us is,” Ashtî replied curtly. “But if I were a betting woman I would wager you are neither a Turk like me nor a Kurd like my friend here which would make you Russian, an officer in the Tzar’s army, are you not?”

“Some of us are Russian by choice, we are all Armenian by birth and … no, none of us here are any longer in the pay of the Tzar.”

“Is that so?” said Ashtî.

“News, I find, travels slower in these parts than elsewhere. Have you not heard of the civil war that is breaking out in Saint Petersberg?”

The three women look at each other, amazed.

“Yes, there are factions within the empire that wish to topple the Tzar. Permit me to introduce myself, I am Colonel Artyom Hovanessian, part of Major General Movses Silikyan’s former Russian Caucasus Army, at your service.”

“The Russian Caucasus Army?!” Ashtî speaks louder than she intended. “We have not seen them for months. It is because the Army is gone the Young Turks have been flexing their muscles.”

“Have things really gotten so bad that the Armenians are sending their own wives out to fight the Turks?”

“Mister Colonel Hovanessian, if you boys really have been wandering about these mountains for two weeks you must have been lost for most of it. If riding with women-folk is so far below you then please continue down this mountain and get wiped out by the army we’ve just left. The world will be a happier place with less foolish men in it.”

“Oh! No, please forgive what I just said,” Hovanessian replied. “It is just that I’ve never heard of women leading charges into battle.”

“Of course not, nor you can’t find your way out of the Caucasus mountains either.”

The man nodded. Nobody said anything for a few moments.

“There is an army down below in the valley, you say?”

“What would you say?” asked Ashtî, “if we told you that Jevdet Bey and 5000 men were on the north side of the lake ready to march on Van?”

“If you told me that and I was using an adjective I’d call it alarming.”

“And what would you say if I told you there wasn’t a hundred Armenian partisans in Van right now to meet those five thousand Turks?”

“If you told me that and I was still using adjectives I’d call it very alarming.”

“But the state of affairs in Van can’t be as bad as that?”

“You remember what they did to Kars? The Young Turks will stop at nothing until every Armenian in the empire is dead.”

It was obvious that the man was moved deeply by these blunt statements.

“May I ask you, Colonel Hovanessian,” Hayran inquired, “which way you are going?”

“We had an idea that we would go to Van,” the man replied, “it is the last stronghold the Armenians have, but I’m never above changing my opinion if there is a better way to help out.”

“What do you wish us to do?” he asked Ashtî.

“You and your friends come with us. We’ve got some good men in a valley near by that we can reach tonight. We’ll join with them, raise as many more as we can, spread the alarm everywhere; do everything possible for the defense of Van.”

The agreed to this and the long line of silent Russians turned back the way they had come and began to retrace their steps up the mountain.

The two women and young boy rode on without another word and the party, now raised from three to sixteen, followed. Hovanessian fell in by the side of Mariam and soon showed that he was not averse to talking.

“A good country,” he said, nodding at the landscape, “but it ain’t like the mountains of the Ural where I was born.”

“The older I get,” replied Mariam, “the more I realize mountains are mountains. But all the same it’s a grand country to fight for.”

“It was, at one time, perhaps in 500 AD.”

“Perhaps,” Mariam smiled.

After a rest of a half hour for the horses they started riding rapidly. After a while they struck the belt of valley and soon the camp they had left the men they had rescued was not more than a mile away.

Yarjanian and the others were happy to see them and delighted at the sight of the Russians. Mariam outlined what had occurred the night before and the plans of the Young Turks.

“We look like a proper army now,” the poet declared excitedly.

The Russians had brought with them two cannons, a twelve-pounder and a six-pounder, being pulled by mules.

“We have not been lax ourselves,” he went on. “The farmers were eager, naturally, to return to their village, but someone had to wait for your return so we sent the boy here, Diradour, to act as a spy.”

“And?”

“And we found that the Ottoman army was quicker than we excepted. They have already sent a small detachment to Bahcesaray and hold control of it. A certain young lieutenant, Abdul-Qahaar, I believe, is in command. They have set up a cannon in the market square. As to the villagers we can’t say.”

“The Turks are in Bahcesaray?” Hayran asked in alarm. He had passed through that town and it was position was a key stratagem if they wanted to get to Van along the mountain roads before the slow Army made its way around the lake.

“Then it is settled,” Ashtî said. “We take back Bahcesaray and then move on to Van. There is no way around the village except through it and even if we sent messengers ahead to warn the people of Van they’d have to somehow sneak through the army which stretches from the mountain cliffs to the water’s edge. No, the only way this is going to work is if we go straight through the center of town.”

Mariam listened as Hovanessian gave the directions. Between the Russians and Armenians there were twenty-eight fighters, twenty-nine if one counted the boy Diradour. They were to be divided into two forces. One under Hovanessian was to enter the town by the road called Ishq-e Haqiqi. The other, under Pypina Rabinovich, was to penetrate by Kuruntu Street. When Ashtî heard who would be in command she raised one eyebrow in irritation but said nothing.

The little Russian Sergeant, Averbuch Bachrach, who knew nothing of the town, approached Ashtî and in haltingly bad Turkish asked if she would consent to lead Pypina Rabinovich’s column. Ashtî nodded and Mariam and Hayran fell into step just behind her.

The houses of the town rose out of the darkness. Mariam saw off to right and left fresh earthworks and rifle pits, but either no men were stationed there or they slept. The figure of Averbuch Bachrach led steadily on. Moments passed and now they were actually at the edge of the town, which seemed deserted, each house they passed dark and closed.

Now they were in it, going up the narrow Kuruntu Street between the low buildings directly toward the main market square, which was fortified by barricades and artillery. A faint glimmer of dawn was just beginning to appear in the east.

A dusky figure suddenly appeared in a doorway in front of them and gave a shout of alarm. Averbuch Bachrach lifted his rifle and fired, leaving the stranger lying face up in the middle of the street. A series of shouted orders from the market square and a cannon was fired down the street, the ball whistling over the heads of the Russians and Armenians. In an instant the garrison of lieutenant Abdul-Qahaar was awake and the alarm sounded throughout Bahcesaray. Lights flashed, arms rattled and men called to one another.

“Into this house” cried Averbuch Bachrach.

They were now within a hundred yards of the market square, but as more and more Turks poured into the open they dashed into the large, solid house. Just as the last of the Armenians sprang through the doors another cannon ball whistled down the street.

Hovanessian’s division, meanwhile, had rushed into the house of Dermovsesian, near by.

“To the roof!” cried Averbuch Bachrach. “We can meet the attack from there.”

The doors and windows were already manned, but Averbuch Bachrach and many others rushed to the flat roof and looked over the low stone lip. It was not yet day and they could not see well. Despite the lack of light, the Turks opened fire with their cannon and rifles. The whole town resounded with the roar and the crash and the shouting.

The Armenians and Russians, meanwhile, held their fire and waited for day. Mariam, Averbuch Bachrach and the others on the roof lay down behind the stone lip. The faint light in the east deepened and the sun flashed out. The full dawn was at hand and finally Mariam peeped over the edge of the roof. She saw many flashes down the street toward the market square and she heard the whine of bullets.

The May sun, clear and warm, bathed the whole town in light. Houses, whether of stone or wood, were tinted a while with gold, but everywhere in the streets and over the roofs floated white puffs of smoke from the firing, which had never ceased on the part of the Turks. The crash of rifles and muskets was incessant, every minute or two came the heavy boom of the cannon with which Abdul-Qahaar swept the streets.

Mariam and hers comrades still lay on the roof of the Fanoosian house. Fom the other side of the town came the rattle of rifle fire. She knew that it was the detachment from Zhalobovskaian but presently the sounds there died.

“They are drawing off,” said Hayran, “I wish we hadn’t had to abandon our cannons.”

Below them their twelve-pounder lay shattered by the overpowering Ottoman fire;, without protection, they were unable to use the six-pounder, which they had drawn into the courtyard.

Mariam from her corner could see the mouths of the guns in the heavy Ottoman battery at the far end of the street; she watched the flashes of flame as they were fired one by one. In the intervals she saw a lithe, strong figure appear on the breastwork. She was quite sure that it was Abdul-Qahaar.

An hour of daylight passed. From the house of Dermovsesian the other division began to fire, the sharp lashing of their rifles sounding clearly amid the duller crash of musketry and cannon from the Turks.

The Armenians in the lower part of the Fanoosian house were also at work with their rifles. Several of the men were sharpshooters. Whenever an Ottoman came from behind a barricade he was picked off. But the Turks had also taken possession of houses and they were firing with rifles from windows and loopholes.

“We must stop those cannons,” shouted Ashtî to Averbuch Bachrach.

The little Sargent was on Mariam’s right and ordered everyone to devoted their whole attention to the battery. As he leaned forward to pick off a gunner he had lifted his head and shoulders above the stone lip of the roof. A figure rose up behind the Ottoman barricade and fired in return. Averbuch Bachrach uttered a cry and clapped his hand to his face.

The bullet had gone nearly through the side of his head. Ashtî grabbed the man and pulled him back from the edge of the roof. Mariam, although it was only a fleeting glimpse, had recognized the marksman. It was Abdul-Qahaar who was proving himself a formidable foe.

But the men on the roof continued their sharpshooting; now the battery, probably at Abdul-Qahaar’s orders, began to turn its attention to them. Mariam was seized suddenly by Hayran and pulled flat.

There was a roaring and hissing sound over her head as a twelve pound cannon ball passed. The cannon shot was followed by a storm of bullets and then by more cannon shots. The stone lip slowly began to be shot away and the men on the roof covered their faces as flying rock shards went everywhere. Balls, shells and bullets swept the roof without ceasing.

Mariam lay on her side and listened to the ugly hissing and screaming over head until it became unbearable. She turned over on hers other side and looked at Averbuch Bachrach, their leader. Most of his face was missing. Mariam turned away in a hurry.

“I hate to say it,” Ashtî said, “but we can’t hold this roof. I never knew the Turks to shoot so well before and their numbers and cannon give them a great advantage.”

They left Averbuch Bachrach’s body where it was and crept down the stairway, finding that the house itself was suffering from the Ottoman cannon. Holes had been smashed in the walls, but here and there the Armenians and Russians were always replying with their rifles. Mariam, exhausted, sat down on a willow sofa. Her hands were trembling and her face was wet with perspiration. Ashtî sat down beside her.

“Good plan to rest a little, Mariam-jan,” she said and then after a pause, “Listen to that, will you!”

A cannon ball smashed through the wall, passed through the room in which they were sitting; dropped spent in another room beyond. Hayran joined them on the sofa. The battle was increasing in heat. The Turks, despite their artillery and their heavy barricades, were losing heavily at the hands of the sharpshooters. The Russians and Armenians, sheltered in the buildings, were suffering little, but their position was growing more dangerous every minute. They were inside the town, but the force of Zhalobovskaian outside was unable to come to their aid.

Mariam, tense and restless, was unable to remain more than a few minutes on the sofa. She wandered into another room and saw a large table spread with food. Bread and meat were in the dishes and there were pots of coffee. All was now cold. Evidently they had been making ready for early breakfast in the Fanoosian house when the attack came. Mariam called to hers friends.

“Why shouldn’t we eat this!” she said, “even if it is cold?”

“Yes, why shouldn’t we?” agreed Hayran.

In ones and twos the men drifted into the room to take food and coffee, cold as it was, eagerly. Then Mariam and Hayran searched everywhere and found large supplies of provisions in the house, so much, in fact, that Ashtî growled very pleasantly between her teeth.

“There’s enough here,” she said, “to last two or three days.”

Some of the men now left the windows and loopholes to get a rest and Mariam found a place at one of them. Peeping out she saw the bare street, torn by shot and shell. She saw the flash of the Russian rifles from the Dermovsesian house and she saw the blaze of the Ottoman cannon in the market square. Clouds of smoke drifted over the city.

Hayran was just behind Mariam. She was seeking a glimpse of Abdul-Qahaar, but she did not get it. Mariam was watching for a shot at the gunners.

While Mariam was at the window, a second cannon ball smashed through the wall of the Fanoosian house; debris rained down upon them. Once the Turks under the cover of their artillery undertook to charge down the street, but the sharpshooters in the houses quickly drove them back. The cannon gave the Turks an immense advantage and they were now using it to the utmost. The house would be battered down over the heads of Mariam and her friends. A third ball crashed through the wall and demolished the willow sofa on which the three had been sitting. Plaster rained down upon them. They looked at one another. They could not stay in the house nor could they go out.

The day wore on and all through the afternoon intermittent firing went on. The Turks increased their fortifications. They threw up new earthworks and loopholed many of the houses that they held. Abdul-Qahaar, his dark face darker with rage and fury, went among them, urging them to renewed efforts, telling them that they were bound to take prisoners all the Armenians whom they did not slay in battle; that they should hang every prisoner.

Mariam was worn to the bone. The smoke stung hers eyes and nostrils and hers limbs ached. She felt that she must rest or die;, seeing two men sound asleep on the floor of one of the rooms, she flung herself down beside them. In a few minutes she was hard asleep and Hayran and Ashtî, seeing her there, did not disturb her.

“If any Armenian has been through more than she has,” said Hayran, “I haven’t heard of her.”

Mariam awoke later that afternoon with the taste of gunpowder in her mouth. Neither side made any decided movement. There was occasional firing, but they rested chiefly on their arms.

The Armenians now began to grow restless. Cooped up in two houses they were in the way of one another. Komarov suggested that they break into another house closer to the market square.

Hovanessian consented and, followed closely by Mariam, Hayran, Ashtî and three others, he dashed out, smashed in the door of the house and were inside before the astonished Turks could open an accurate fire upon them. Here they at once secured themselves and their bullets began to rake the market square. The Turks were forced to throw up more and higher fortifications.

Again the combat became intermittent. There were bursts of rifle fire and occasional shots from the cannon;, now and then, short periods of almost complete silence. Night came on and Mariam, watching from the window, saw Colonel Hovanessian dash across the market square of the Fanoosian house. At the door he stood a moment, looking at the Ottoman position. A rifle cracked and the Russian, throwing out his arms, fell, the ball striking him in the center of the forehead.

Mariam uttered a cry of grief and it was taken up by all the Russians who had seen their leader fall. A half dozen men rushed forward and dragged the body away. That night they buried it behind the house. As soon as his burial was finished they rushed another house in their slow advance, one belonging to a merchant named Ma’alot-Tarshiha, a solid structure only one block from the great market square. It now being midnight they concluded to rest until the dawn. Meanwhile, they had elected Pypina Rabinovich their leader.

From an upper window she watched the summer sun creep over the horizon once more and the dawn brought with it the usual stray rifle and cannon shots. Both Russian and Ottoman sharpshooters were watching at every loophole and whenever they saw a head they fired at it.

Presently a strong body of the Russians and Armenians gathered on the lower floor, many carrying, in addition to their weapons, heavy iron crowbars. The doors were suddenly thrown open and they rushed out into the cool morning air, making for a series of stone houses the farthest of which opened upon the main market square, where the Turks were fortified. Scattering shots from pistols and rifles greeted them, but as usual, when any sudden movement occurred, the defenders fired wildly; the Armenians broke into the first of the houses, before any of the Ottoman soldiers could take good aim.

Mariam was one of the last inside. She had lingered with the others to repel any rush that the Turks might make. She was watching the Ottoman barricade and she saw heads rise above it. One rose higher than the rest and she recognized Abdul-Qahaar. The Ottoman saw Mariam also and the eyes of the two met. Abdul-Qahaar’s were full of anger and malice and raising his rifle he fired straight at the woman. Mariam felt the bullet graze hers cheek; instantly she fired in reply. But whether she hit Abdul-Qahaar or not she could not tell. Without waiting Mariam rushed into the house.

They broke through partition wall after wall with their powerful picks and crowbars. Stones fell about them. Plaster and dust rained down, but the men relieving one another, the work with the heavy tools was never stopped until they penetrated the interior of the last house in the row. Then the Armenians looked from the narrow windows directly over the main market square and their rifles covered the Ottoman barricades. The Turks tried to drive them out of the houses with the guns, but the solid stone walls resisted balls and shells and the Russian rifles shot down the gunners.

Then ensued another silence, broken by distant firing, caused by another attack upon Zhalobovskaian’s men on the outskirts of the town.

Later that day reports began to filter down the row of houses to Mariam and her friends that Colonel Tayyib, with six hundred men had arrived from the Lake Van army to help Abdul-Qahaar. But why such an overwhelming force did not immediately sweep through the village and burn it to the ground none could say.

“Perhaps they don’t know how few of us there really are?” suggested Hayran.

“Perhaps they don’t care,” Ashtî said. “They’ve lost a lot of men and bullets in the last twenty four hours. And defending this village was never part of Jevdet Bey’s plan. In fact he’ll be upset if he finds out one of his officers wasted so much over a bunch of Armenian huts.”

That night, the Russians and Armenians, Mariam with them, seized another large building called the Priests’ House, which looked directly over the market square and now their command of the Ottoman situation was complete. But by the next morning Mariam saw the Turks had withdrawn, leaving their cannon behind.

Hayran peered out a window, marveling.

“The Turks have all gone across the mountain to the Van,” said the Kurdish woman. “Bahcesaray is ours.”

“Most of the population has fled when the Ottoman first took control of the town,” said Hayran.

The market square and Kuruntu Street presented a somber picture. The Ottoman dead, abandoned by their comrades, lay everywhere. Mariam poked around for a bit until she found the body she was looking for. Abdul-Qahaar lay face down, abandoned the moment Mariam’s bullet had struck him down. Even in death he seemed swaggering and haughty.

“We must make haste,” Ashtî said.

Later that afternoon Mariam and her friends talked with the surviving Russians and Armenians who had helped route the Ottomans from the village of Bahcesaray. There was disagreement as to what to do next.

Pypina Rabinovich, who was practically a stranger to Van, gave his opinion with hesitation. There was not one among them who did not understand its significance, but it was hard to agree upon a policy.

“I shall be compelled to leave you,” said the poet Atom Yarjanian finally. “Please do not think it’s because I’m afraid to fight the Turks. But, as I told you before, I can do far greater good for the Armenian cause elsewhere. As I am now as well as ever and I am able to take care of myself, I think I shall leave at once.”

“Is that’s so?” said Ashtî. “We shall miss you, Mr. Yarjanian. I am glad I can now say even a poet can stand up and do what is right when the time is right.”

“It doesn’t happen often,” the older man nodded with a smile. “But when it does it is extraordinary.”

A spare horse, saddled and bridled; rifle and ammunition, were given to Yarjanian. Then he bade them farewell. When he was about twenty yards away he beckoned to Mariam and when the woman stood at his saddle bow he said very earnestly: “If you fall again into the hands of Jevdet Bey and are in danger of your life, use my name with him. It is perhaps a more potent weapon than you think. Do not forget.”

“I will not,” said Mariam, “and I thank you very much, Mr. Yarjanian. But I hope that no such occasion will arise.”

“So do I,” said Yarjanian with emphasis. Then he rode away, a square, bearded figure and never looked back.

“What was he saying, Mariam-jan?” asked Diradour when his friend returned.

“Promising help if we should need it.”

“He looks like a man who would give it.”

After some further talk it was decided that Mariam, Diradour, Hayran and Ashtî should ride south to watch the advance of Jevdet Bey, while the Russians, Pypina Rabinovich, Zhalobovskaian and the remaining Armenians should go to Van and raise as many troops as they could.

“If you don’t mind my saying it to you, Sergeant Pypina Rabinovich,” said Ashtî, “keep telling them over and over again that they have need to beware. Tell them that Jevdet Bey, with all the power of the Young Turks at his back, is coming.”

“We all understand,” was the reply and then Pypina Rabinovich rode away at the head of the little troop. Mariam’s eyes followed his figure as long as he was out of sight.

“A staunch man,” said Hayran. “He will be a great help to Van if he stays alive long enough.”

Then they turned their horses and rode southward in the dusk. They went on steadily down the mountains. But before long they turned almost due west. It was their intention to intersect the settlements that lay between them and Van and give warning of the approach of Jevdet Bey.

It was a few hours before midnight when they left the mountain and began making their way south along the coast of Lake Van. As they passed they saw evident that the army had been through here. It was not twenty minutes later they saw far off a small bands of horsemen.

“Who do you say they are?” asked Ashtî. “Kurds?”

Mariam looked long before returning an answer: “Turks or Kurds. The two men in the rear have rifles of a sort I have never seen before.”

The Ottoman horsemen were on their left and the four continued their steady course to the south. They were reassured by the fact that the soldiers were likely to take them for comrades in the distance. It became evident now that Jevdet Bey was taking every precaution. He was sending out scouts and skirmishers in force, seeing what resistance, if any, they could find.

“He’s pressing forward fast,” said Ashtî, “and his Kurds are hunting both the ways ahead and behind.”

The rode on until the found another clump of trees four or five hundred yards further south. Here they saw the red glow of camp fires more plainly. It could not be more than two miles away. Beyond the little grove they saw the lake rolling away on every side to the horizon. Mariam rode to the western edge of the grove in order to get a better view. She searched the coast carefully but could find no sign of life visible in the darkness.

She turned Old Tigran in order to rejoin her comrades, when she suddenly heard a low sound from the east. She listened a moment; then, hearing it distinctly, she knew it. It was the thud of hoofs; the horsemen were coming straight toward the grove. Owing to the darkness and the foliage Mariam could not see her comrades, but she started toward them at once.

Then came a sudden cry, the rapid beat of hoofs, the crack of rifle shots. Several Ottoman horsemen dashed into the wood directly between the Armenian and her comrades. She heard the shout of Ashtî and the wild Kurdish yells. Two horsemen fired at her and a third rode at her with extended saber.

It was Old Tigran that saved Mariam’s life. The woman was so startled that her brain was in a paralysis for a moment. But the horse shied suddenly away from the head of the sword flashing in the moonlight. Mariam retained both her head and her rifle. She fired at the nearest of the Turks, who fell from his saddle and then, seeing that there was but one alternative left to her, she gave Old Tigran the reins and galloped from the grove toward the south.

She turned her attention to her own escape. Two more shots were fired at her, but in both cases the bullets went wide. Amid all the rush and terrific excitement of the moment, Mariam thought of her comrades, they were three together and they might escape. Ashtî was a wonderful hunter and Hayran was not far behind in skill. But now it was not possible for her to join them now, she heard the thud of hoofs and the pursuing horsemen were near.

She looked back. They numbered seven or eight; they were certainly gaining. They had spread out a little and whenever Old Tigran veered a yard or two from the pursuers some one gained. As Mariam’s rifle was empty; she could not reload it at such speed, they seemed to fear nothing for themselves. She was still lying forward on her horse’s neck; now she began to talk to her.

Old Tigran stretched out his long neck and became a streak in the darkness. They were far down the coast now, where the moonlight revealed everything; the horse’s sure instinct would guide. Mariam felt Old Tigran beneath her. She stole a glance over her shoulder. All the Turks were there and several of them were trying to reload their weapons. Mariam knew that if they succeeded she would be in great danger. No matter how badly they shot a chance bullet might hit her or her horse.

Once more the woman leaned far over on her horse’s neck and whispered in his ear: “On, Old Tigran, on! Show to them what a good horse you are!”

And again the great horse responded. Fast as he was going it seemed to Mariam that he now lengthened his stride. His long head was thrust out almost straight; his great body fairly skimmed the earth. But the Turks hung on with grim doggedness. Their ponies were tough and enduring;, spread out like the arc of the crescent moon, they continually gained ground as Old Tigran raced on in a straight line. Aware of this danger herself, Mariam, nevertheless, was unable to tell whether the horse was going in a direct course or not but at this speed there was little she could do.

A rifle shot cracked out and the bullet sang past Mariam’s face. It grazed Old Tigran’s ear, drawing blood. The horse uttered an angry snort and fairly leaped forward. Mariam looked back again. Another man had succeeded in loading his rifle and was about to fire. Then the woman remembered the pistol at her belt. Snatching it out she fired at the fellow with the loaded gun.

The Ottoman reeled forward on his horse’s neck and his weapon dropped to the ground. Whether the man herself fell also Mariam did bother checking. She quickly thrust the pistol back in her belt and once more was looking straight ahead. Now confidence swelled again in her heart. She had escaped all their bullets so far; she was still gaining.

In the gloom Mariam saw just ahead of her one of the clumps of trees that dotted the coast. Several of the Turks, their ponies spent, were dropping out of the race, but enough were left to make the odds far too great. Mariam now skimmed along the edge of the grove; when she passed it she turned her horse a little, so the trees were between her and her nearest pursuers. Then she urged Old Tigran to his last ounce of speed. The dark waters of the lake raced along with her; fortunate clouds, too, now came, veiling the moon and turning the dusk into deeper darkness. Mariam heard one disappointed cry behind her and then no sound but the flying beat of her own horse’s hoofs.

When she pulled rein and brought Old Tigran to a walk she could see or hear nothing of the Turks. The great horse was a lather of foam, her sides heaving and panting; Mariam sprang to the ground. She reloaded her rifle and pistol and then walked toward the east toward the mountains, leading Old Tigran by the bridle. She reckoned that the Turks would go toward the south, thinking that she would naturally ride for Van; hence she chose a different direction.

She walked a long time and presently she felt the horse rubbing his nose gently against her arm.

Mariam stroked the soft muzzle.

“You’ve saved my life once more, Old Tigran,” she said.

They stopped at times, but the Turks had melted away completely in the night. She considered sleeping, resting, letting both herself and Old Tigran a chance to recover. She could direct her course by the sun, of course, if she waited until the dawn, but she intended to go straight to Van. She only hoped that she might get there before the arrival of Jevdet Bey and his army. She could not spare the time to seek her comrades. Mariam felt much apprehension for them, but she yet had the utmost confidence in the skill of Ashtî and Hayran.

It was about two hours before dawn when Mariam set out again down the coast. She passed by only one village but it was utterly deserted, looted and left like some dead animal by the side of the road. It was altogether likely, too, so Mariam thought, that the Ottoman army was now nearer than to Van than she was. Her flight had taken her to the east while Jevdet Bey was moving straight toward the Armenian city. But she believed that by steady riding she could reach Van within four or five hours time.

The morning came and passed without event. Mariam had hoped that by some chance she might meet with her comrades, but there was no sign of them; she fell back on her belief that their skill and great courage had saved them. Seeking to dismiss them from her thoughts for the time in order that she might concentrate all her energies on Van, she rode on.

Clouds came off the lake and a storm grew. Even though it was spring it brought chill rain and the late morning darkened greatly. Mariam began to fear that she would get lost. It was almost impossible to keep the true direction in such weather. Both woman and animal were soaked to the skin and freezing. She had no landmarks to guide her and was compelled to rely wholly upon instinct. Sometimes Mariam was in woods, sometimes upon the coast; once or twice she crossed creeks coming down from the mountains, the waters of which were red, swollen and muddy.

Lost in the storm Mariam began to panic. She might be going directly away from Van, while Jevdet Bey, with countless guides, would easily reach there that day. She prayed now that the storm would cease, but the world simply whistled and moaned about her; rain was continually driven in her face. It was torture to be so near the end of her task and then to fail.

She was compelled to stop at last under a thick cluster of oaks, where she was somewhat sheltered from the wind and rain. Here she dismounted again, stamped her feet vigorously for warmth and also brushed the water from her faithful horse. Old Tigran, as usual, rubbed his nose against the woman’s arm. They would wait out the bad weather and resume once they got their strength back.
A half hour’s rest; remounting Mariam resumed her slow progress down the lake shore.

It was probably an hour before noon when she heard a sound which was not that of the storm, a sound which she knew instantly. It was the dull clank of metal against metal, leather creaking and wagon wheels turning. Jevdet Bey, or one of his generals, despite the storm, was advancing with the army, or a part of it. Mariam shivered; now not from the wet and cold.

The Armenians of Van did not understand the fervent energy of this man. They would learn of it too late, unless she told them; it might be too late even then. Surly by now Pypina Rabinovich, Zhalobovskaian and the others had reached Van, had warned the local militia, had a plan in action. But what if they never made it that far? What if they had been ambushed in the mountains, where every canyon offered concealment and a handful of well placed sharpshooters could hold off an enemy forever if need be? She pressed on with as much increase of speed as the nature of the ground would allow.

A heavy fog began to rise from the lake and wet earth. She could not see far in front of her, but she believed that the city was now only a mile or two away. Soon a low, heavy sound, a measured stroke, came out of the fog. It was the tolling of the church bells in Van. A strange chilly sensation ran down her spine.

As Mariam turned the curve in the coast the wind grew much stronger. The tolling of the bell had now ceased and the bank of fog was split asunder and then floated swiftly away in patches and streamers. On her right beyond the lake Mariam saw the roofs of the town, now glistening in the clear morning air; on her right, only four or five hundred yards away, she saw a numerous troop of Ottoman cavalry. In the figure at the head of the horsemen she was sure that she recognized Ivedik Bey.

Mariam’s first emotion was a terrible sinking of the heart. After all that she had done, after hardships and dangers, she was to fail with the towers and roofs of Van in sight. All that separated herself and the Turks from the city was a deep irrigation channel running down to the lake’s edge. The city lay beyond on the edge of a steep hill. It was the triumphant cry of the Ottoman horsemen that startled her into life again. They had seen the lone rider by the lake and they galloped at once toward her. Mariam had made no mistake. It was Ivedik, pressing forward ahead of the others, fumbling with the pistol at his belt.

With the cry of the Turks ringing in Mariam’s ears, the woman shouted to Old Tigran and the two began to race once more along the side of the lake. But now the great horse was laboring hard and the Ottoman cavalry, comparatively fresh, was coming on fast. They were rapidly running out of places to run, the land ended abruptly at the edge of the channel. There were no bridges, no rafts, nothing to cross it and the water ran fast and deep. It was evident that she would soon be overtaken; so sure were the Turks of it that they did not fire.

Without pausing Mariam pressed her horse forward and the two sprang from the high bank far out into the deep water.

Mariam felt her robes fly around her and her rifle dropped from her hand. Then the dark waters closed over both her and Old Tigran. They came up again, Mariam still on the horse’s back, but with an icy chill through all her veins. She could not see for a moment or two, as the water was in her eyes, but she heard dimly the shouts of the Turks and several shots. Two or three bullets splashed the water around her and another struck her robes, which were floating away on the surface of the stream.

The horse, turning somewhat, swam powerfully in a diagonal course across the channel. Mariam, dazed for the moment by the shock of the plunge from a height into the water, clung tightly to his back. More shots were fired, but again she was untouched; then the horse was feeling with his forefeet in the muddy bank for a hold. The next instant, with a powerful effort, he pulled himself upon the shore. The violent shock nearly threw Mariam from his back, but the woman seized his mane and hung on.

The Turks shouted, but Mariam, still clinging to Old Tigran for all she was worth, raced for Van, only a mile away.

Most of the people in Van were asleep when the dripping figure of a half unconscious woman on the back of a great horse galloped toward them in that momentous afternoon. She was bareheaded and her rifle was gone and shivering uncontrollably. She tried to shout, “Up! Up! Jevdet Bey and the Ottoman army are at hand!” but her voice was choked and hoarse so that she could not be heard as she entered the city.

Pypina Rabinovich and several other of the Russians were standing in the main square of the Armenian Quarter of Van, arguing with the city’s council men. Among them was a man of commanding proportions. He was a full six feet in height, erect and muscular, with a full beard of black hair. He was younger than the others, not more than twenty-eight, but this was Colonel Aram Avietissian, a Constantinople lawyer, who was now in command of the few Armenian partisans left in Van.

The men were talking very anxiously. Pypina Rabinovich had brought word that the army of Jevdet Bey was on the north side of the Lake Van, but it had seemed impossible to rouse the Armenians to a full sense of the impending danger. Many remained at their homes. Dissensions were numerous in the councils of the city government and their leaders could agree upon nothing.

Avietissian and Pypina Rabinovich were aware of the great danger, but even they did not believe it was so near. Nevertheless they were full of dread. Among them was a former Ottoman lieutenant, Hassan Pashaian, who had fled the army when the order to arrest all Ottoman soldiers of Armenian birth had been given. They were discussing now the possibility of getting help.

“We might send messengers to the towns further south,” said Avietissian, “and at least get a few men here in time.”

“We need a good many,” said Pashaian. “According to Pypina Rabinovich the Young Turks’ army is huge and the population here is vulnerable.”

“That is so,” said Avietissian, “we have our women and children to protect.”

It was when he spoke the last words that they heard the clatter of hoofs and saw Mariam dashing down the narrow street toward the square. They heard her trying to shout, but her voice was now so hoarse that she could not be understood.

But Mariam, though growing weaker fast, recognized at least the swarthy Pypina Rabinovich and she galloped straight toward him. Then she pulled up her horse and half fell, half leaped to the ground.
Holding Old Tigran’s mane she pulled herself up, the water still falling from her wet hair and dripping from her clothing. Her face was plastered with mud.

“Jevdet Bey’s army, five thousand strong, is not two miles away!” she said.

“Good God!” cried the Russian. “It’s the woman, Mariam. I know her well. What she says must be truth.”

“Every word!” croaked Mariam. “I was pursued by their vanguard! My horse swam the channel with me!”

Then she fell forward onto the ground. Pashaian seized her and between them they carried her into one of the houses, where women stripped her of her wet clothing and wrapped her in blankets. Pashaian and the others hurried out into the square. Pypina Rabinovich and Avietissian at once began to arrange the few men they had for defense.

Many of the Armenians would still not believe. So great had been their confidence in the Sultan’s protection that they had sent out no scouting parties. Only a day or two before they had been enjoying themselves at a great dance. The woman who had come with the news that Jevdet Bey was at hand must be amok. Certainly she had looked like a maniac.

A loud cry suddenly came from the roof of the church of Van. Two sentinels posted there had seen the edge of a great army appear upon the coast and then spread rapidly over it. Jevdet Bey’s force had come at last. Two horsemen sent out to reconnoiter had to race back for their lives. The Turks had built numerous wooden bridges to cross the deep water channel and now wave after wave of Ottoman soldiers, Kurdish horsemen, cannon and machines of war were approaching the city walls of Van.

Mariam’s loss of consciousness was short. She remembered putting on clothing and robes, wrapping her long hair up under a scarf, securing a rifle and ammunition and then she ran out onto the street and headed for the square. From many windows she saw the worried faces of men and women looking out, but she paid no attention to them. In the face of the imminent and deadly peril Avietissian, Pypina Rabinovich, Pashaian and the others were level-headed and calm. The Armenians who could fight were gathering in a body. They all had their long rifles. Others were preparing to flee. Mariam saw a young lieutenant named Nazarian catch up his wife and child on a horse, made sure they were safely away and join a group of men getting cannons readied.

She gained a wall and looked out. To her left lay a sea of mist, rising to a bleak shadow in the east; but to her right great mountains reared their heads, ranging from the west to a steep and sudden end, forming a pleasant and fertile land on the long slopes and terraces falling to the deep levels of the Tigris in the south. Where the Caucasus mountains swept by she saw the dark mass of the Ararat highlands, the distant purple shadows of the lake in the morning sun.

Upon an out-thrust knee of land sat the city of Van, that which Armenians had called Vaspurakan, with its walls of stone so strong and old that it seemed to have been built not by human hand but by Milton’s fallen angels from the very bones of the earth. In peaceful times men had made their defenses high and strong. Here and there overlooking the great lake that bore its name the road came in from the Roman-era fords and bridges and passed under an embattled gate. The walls had held back Persian archers and Mongolian horsemen and Roman centurions but in the 1895-96 blood bathes when the Armenians of Van had resisted massacre for a short time before the Turks slaughtered more than twenty thousand of them the walls were left with vast holes peppering its surface where Turkish cannons had sent broadside after broadside against it.

Even as Mariam gazed in wonder the walls passed from looming gray to white, blushing faintly in the dawn. Suddenly the sun broke through the storm clouds and sent forth a shaft that set the face of the city alight.

Then Mariam smiled in delight, for on the summit of a great rock, the Tilkitepe Mound, a citadel stood that shone out against the sky, ruined but still glimmering, a broken spike of stone and shell, squat and ancient, its surface on fire as if it were hammered out of pearl and banners could be seen fluttering from its walls in the morning breeze some three hundred feet above the city.

“Is it old?” She had asked Ashtî once when the two paid a visit to the city.

“Old enough that when Xerxes the Great came through he left a stone inscription of his exploits carved into the wall. All of this was known as Urartu back then but of course your people and my people have a hard time conceiving of anything not mentioned in the Bible or Koran.”

As she progressed up the high street curious on-lookers stuck their heads from windows and doors. Relatively affluent and urban, the Armenians of the city were used Kurds and Turks among them though they were twice their number combined. They dressed like Europeans, standing out against their country-bred Muslim neighbors.

“Daughter, what is the word?” an old man with a long beard called.

“Father, a great army is upon you,” shouted Mariam. “Whatever befalls our people, we have come to the end of the empire that we have known!”

It baffled Mariam that even at this late date, even after everything the Ottoman Armenians had suffered, there were citizens who still could not bring themselves to fully believe the Young Turks had plans to annihilate them. As she entered the city’s main square and took her place with the others a kindly hand fell upon her shoulder and a Russian voice spoke in her ear.

“I was going to send for you, Mariam-jan,” said Pashaian, “but you’ve come. Perhaps it would have been better for you, though, if you were still up in the mountains.”

Mariam turned and stared at the man for a second. Then she smiled.

“And miss all of this? Nonsense. I wouldn’t miss this for the world.”

Pashaian said nothing more. Much of Mariam’s courage and spirit returned, but she saw how pitifully small their numbers were. The little band that was mounting a defense for the city numbered less than one hundred and fifty men and many of them were shop keepers and farmers without experience in guns or cannons.

Mariam and several others climbed a tower and looked out over the coast. The Ottoman army was slowly advancing, already many were at the outer stone walls of the ancient city. Mariam also saw not far away the Ottoman cavalry en masse. The foremost groups were riflemen and the sun glittered on the metal of their long weapons.

Order were given and the great gates of Van were closed and barred. For the moment they were safe. The doors were made of very heavy oak and it would require immense force to batter them in. It was evident that the Ottoman horsemen on the shore did not intend to make any such attempt, as they drew off hastily, out of range for the Armenian rifles.

“Well, here we are, Mariam,” said the cheerful voice of Pypina Rabinovich, joining the group in the tower, “and if we want to win glory in fighting for our people it seems that we’ve got the biggest chance that was ever offered to anyone. I guess when old Jevdet Bey comes up he’ll say: ‘By the Prophet’s beard we’ll trample the walls.’ Still these walls will help a little to make up the difference between fifty to one.”

As he spoke he tapped the stone of the tower with the butt of his rifle.

“No Ottoman on earth,” he said, “has got a tough enough head to butt through this. At least I hope not Now what do you think, Mariam-jan?”

His tone was so capricious that Mariam was compelled to laugh despite their terrible situation.

“It’s a pity, though,” continued Pypina Rabinovich, “that we’ve got such a big place here to defend. Sometimes you’re the stronger the less ground you spread over.”

Mariam glanced around. She had been to Van before, visiting friends, but she took only a vague look then. Now she saw in a few minutes all the details of the area they were called to defend. She knew already its history. The buildings of the ancient city were numerous, their windows, cut for the needs of an earlier time, were high and narrow in order that attacking Romans might not pour in flights of arrows upon those who should be inside.

Mariam climbed upon the wall. Pashaian, who was behind one of the cannon, beckoned to her. Mariam joined him and leaned upon the gun as Pashaian pointed toward the north.

“Mariam-jan,” he said, “you were a most timely herald. If it had not been for you our surprise would have been total.”

The army of Jevdet Bey filled the coast and was spread out far and wide. The sun glittered on bayonets and rifles; brightened the bronze barrels of cannons. The jubilant notes of a trumpets came across the intervening space; when the notes ceased an Ottoman band began to play. Several of the men around Mariam stopped at their tasks to listen. Nobody said a word. She looked around at the strong stone walls; then at the resolute faces of the men near her. They were tough but the garrison was small, pitifully small.

Mariam left the walls and ate a little food. Then she wandered about the place looking at the buildings and architecture. Van was so extensive that she knew Avietissian would be compelled to concentrate his defense about the northern wall, but she wanted to examine as much as she could anyhow.

She went into a small courtyard where a fountain bubbled. The water was greenish in tint, but it was water, water which would keep the life in their bodies while they fought off the hosts of Jevdet Bey.

The sun was now starting to descend and since the storm had ceased to blow there was warmth in the air. Mariam, conscious now that she was stained with the dirt and mud of flight and haste, bathed her face and hands in the water of the fountain and combed her thick brown hair as well as she could with her fingers.

“Good work, Mariam-jan,” said a hearty voice beside her. “It shows that you have a cool brain and an orderly mind.”

Pypina Rabinovich, who was always neat, also bathed his own face and hands in the fountain.

“Now I feel a lot better,” he said, “and I want to tell you, Mariam, that it’s lucky the Turks built so massively. Look at this church. It’s got walls of hewn stone, five feet through; back in Saint Petersberg we build them of planks a quarter of an inch thick. Why, these walls would turn the biggest cannon balls.”

“It surely is mighty lucky,” said Mariam. “What are you going to do next, Pypina Rabinovich?”

“I don’t know. I guess we’ll wait on the Turks to open the battle. There, do you hear that trumpet blowing again? I reckon it means that they’re up to something.”

“I think so, too,” said Mariam. “Let’s go back upon the walls and see for ourselves just what it means.”

The two climbed upon the great stone wall, which was in reality a parapet. Avietissian and Pashaian, who was second in command, were there already. Mariam looked toward the north and she saw Turks
everywhere. Ottoman flags, hoisted by the soldiers, were floating from the roofs of the houses they had already captured, signs of their exultation at the coming massacre of the Armenians by Jevdet Bey.

The trumpet sounded again and they saw three officers detach themselves from the Ottoman lines and ride forward under a white flag. Mariam knew that one of them was Ivedik Bey.

“Now what can they want?” growled Pypina Rabinovich. “There can be no talk or truce between us and Jevdet Bey. If all that I’ve heard of him is true I’d never believe a word he says.”

Avietissian called two of his officers, Major Mkrtchyan and Captain Hagopoff; directed them to go out and see what the Turks wanted. Then, meeting Mariam’s eye, he recalled something.

“Er, you speak Ottoman Turkish perfectly,” he said. “will you go along, too?”

“Gladly,” said Mariam.

“And Mariam-jan,” said Pypina Rabinovich, in his whimsical tone, “if you don’t tell me every word they said when you come back I’ll keep you on bread and water for a week. There are to be no secrets to be kept from me.”

“I promise, Pypina Rabinovich,” said Mariam, smiling.

The heavy oaken doors were thrown open and the three went out on foot to meet the Ottoman officers who were riding slowly forward. The afternoon air was now soft and pleasant, a light, soothing wind was blowing from the south. The sky was a vast dome of brilliant blue and gold.

The Turks halted in the middle of the flat land and the three Armenians met them but they did not dismount. Ivedik was slightly in advance of the other two, who were older men in brilliant uniforms,
generals at least. Mariam saw at once that they meant to be haughty and arrogant. It was evident that Ivedik Bey would be the chief spokesman; his manner indicated that it was a part he liked. He, too, was in a fine uniform, sinfully neat, his handsome olive face flushed.

“And so,” he said, in an undertone and in Armenian to Mariam, “we are here face to face again. You have chosen your own trap, woman; not even the Prophets would be able to escape from it now.”

His taunt stung, but Mariam merely replied: “We shall see.”

Then Ivedik said aloud, speaking in Turkish and addressing himself to the two officers: “We have come by order of Governor Jevdet Bey, Commander-in-Chief of the glorious Young Turks, to make a demand of you.”

There was a pause as Mariam translated this.

“A conference must proceed on the assumption that the two parties to it are on equal terms,” said Major Mkrtchyan, in civil tones, once he understood the nature of the message.

“Under ordinary circumstances, yes,” said Ivedik, without abating his haughty manner one bit, “but this is a demand by a predominate authority given to rebels and traitors.”

He paused that his words might sink home.

“What is it that you wish to say to us?” continued Major Mkrtchyan, speaking through the Armenian woman. “If it is anything we should hear we are listening.”

“As you may see for yourselves,” Ivedik said, unable to subdue his love of the grandiose theatrics. “Governor Jevdet Bey has returned to Van with an overpowering force of brave Ottoman troops. He can take Van in a day. In two days not an Armenian will be left in the empire to dispute his authority.”

“These are statements most of which can be disputed,” said Major Mkrtchyan. “What does Jevdet Bey demand of us?”

Even in translation his quiet manner had its effect upon Ivedik.

“He demands your unconditional surrender,” the Turk snapped.

“And does he say nothing about the lives and good treatment of all our people in the city?” continued the Major, in the same quiet tones.

“He does not,” replied Ivedik emphatically. “If you receive any mercy it will be due solely to the clemency of Jevdet Bey toward rebels.”

“I am not empowered to accept or reject anything,” continued Major Mkrtchyan. “Colonel Avietissian is the commander of our force, but I am quite positive in my belief that he will not surrender.”

“We must carry back our answer in either the affirmative or the negative,” replied Ivedik Bey.

“I shall confer with my leaders,” said Major Mkrtchyan, “ if the answer is a refusal to surrender a single cannon shot will be fired from the wall of the city.”

“Very well,” said Ivedik, “and since that is your arrangement I see nothing more to be said.”

“Nor do we,” said Mariam, speaking for both Major Mkrtchyan and the defenders of Van.

The Turks saluted in a perfunctory manner and rode toward their lines. The three Armenians went slowly back to Van. Mariam walked behind the two men. She hoped that the confidence of Major Mkrtchyan was justified. She knew Jevdet Bey too well. She believed that the Armenians had more to fear from surrender than from cannon fire.

They entered Van and once more the great doors were shut and heavily barred. They climbed upon the wall and Major Mkrtchyan and Captain Hagopoff went toward Avietissian, Pashaian and Pypina Rabinovich, who stood together waiting. Mariam paused a little distance away. She saw them talking together earnestly, but she could not hear what they said.

Presently Pashaian detach himself from the other two and advance toward a cannon. A moment later a flash came from its muzzle, a heavy report rolled over the shoreline; then came back in faint echo.

Van had sent its answer and a deep cheer came from the Armenians.

The woman looked back toward the enemy lines and her eyes were caught by something red that was being hoisted up on a crudely built flagpole. It rose, expanded swiftly; then burst out in great folds: a blood-red flag fluttering in the wind. The flag of no quarter. No Armenian would be spared, down to the last elder and child.

Mariam gazed long at the great red flag as it waved in the wind. They were a tiny islet there amid an Ottoman sea which threatened to roll over them. But the signal of the flag, she realized, merely told her that which she had expected all the time. She knew Jevdet Bey. He would show no quarter to those who had humbled Abdul-Qahaar and his forces at Bahcesaray.

The woman was not assigned to the watch that night, but she could not sleep for a long time. Among these defenders there was discipline, but it was discipline of their own kind, not that of the military authoritarian. Mariam was free to go about as she chose; she went to the great market square into which some supplies had been gathered for them. Going on she climbed upon the portion of the wall which ran close to the channel. Some distance to her right and an equal distance to her left were sentinels. But there was nothing to keep her from leaping down from the wall or the outside and disappearing. The Ottoman investment was not yet complete and her best friends, Ashtî and Hayran and the boy Diradour were out there somewhere, if they were still alive, but her heart was now here in Van with her blood folk.

She listened intently but she heard no sound of any Ottoman advance. It occurred to her that a formidable attack might be made here, particularly under the cover of darkness. A raffish leader like Ivedik Bey might attempt a surprise.

She dropped back inside and went to one of the guards who was standing on an abutment with his head just showing above the wall. He was a young man and glad to have company.

“Have you heard or seen anything?” asked Mariam.

“No,” replied the sentinel, “but I’ve been looking for ’em down this way.”

Mariam wandered back toward the center of the city. It was now late, but a clear moon was shining. She saw the figures of the sentinels clearly on the walls, but she was confident that no attack would be made by the Turks that night. Her great tension and excitement began to relax and she felt that she could sleep.

She decided that the old hospital would be a good place. She entered the long room of that building where only the moonlight shone and stretching out on one of the empty beds she quickly went to sleep, sleeping the night through without a dream. She awoke early, took a breakfast of flat bread and hard cheese with the men on the wall; then, rifle in hand, she took her place as guard and sentinel.

Looking out she saw great activity in the Ottoman lines. Three or four batteries were being placed in position and Ottoman officers, evidently messengers, were galloping about. She recognized Jevdet Bey
himself riding in his crouched manner upon a great white horse, passing from battery to battery and hurrying the work. There was proof that his presence was effective, as the men always worked faster when he came.

Earthworks had been thrown up to protect the Ottoman batteries and the Armenian cannons were posted for reply. Mariam saw all the Armenian leaders, Avietissian, Pashaian, Pypina Rabinovich and Sybian, watching the enemy. The whole Armenian force was now manning the walls but Mariam saw that for the present all their dealings would be with the cannons.

Even as she watched a gush of smoke and flame came from one of the cannon. There was a great shout in the Ottoman lines, but the round shot spent itself against the massive stone walls of the ancient city.

“They’ll have to send out a stronger call than that,” said Pypina Rabinovich contemptuously, “before these Jericho walls come tumbling down.”

Avietissian went along the wall, saw that the Armenians were sheltering themselves; waited. There was another heavy report and a second round shot struck harmlessly upon the stone. Then the full
bombardment began. A half dozen batteries rained shot and shell upon Van. The roar was continuous like the steady roll of hell dust. They beat upon Mariam’s skull until she thought she would become deaf.

She was crouched behind the stone parapet but looked up often enough to see what was going on. Mariam saw a vast cloud of smoke gathering over the Ottoman lines, rent continually by flashes of fire from the muzzles of cannon. The air was full of hissing metal, shot and shell poured in a storm upon Van. Now and then the Armenian cannon replied, but not often.

The cannon fire was so great that for a time it shook Mariam’s nerves. It seemed as if nothing could live under such a rain of bombs and rockets, but when she looked along the parapet and saw all the Armenians unharmed.

Many of the balls were falling inside the walls now, crashing through roofs and windows. The cannonade continued for a full hour and then ceased abruptly. The great cloud of smoke began to lift and Van — lake and town — came again into the brilliant sunlight.

As the smoke rose higher Mariam saw Ottoman officers with glasses examining Van to see what damage their cannons had done. She hoped they would feel mortification when they found it was so little. Pypina Rabinovich knelt near her on the parapet and ran his hand along the barrel of his rifle.

Mariam watched with absorbed interest. Pypina Rabinovich’s eye was on the nearest battery and he was slowly raising the rifle to his eye.

The Turks had taken over a little outdoor market, the merchants shot or fled while their produce lay in forgotten heaps all around.

“Which is to be first?” asked Mariam.

“The one with the rammer in his hand.”

Pypina Rabinovich took a single brief look down the sights and pulled the trigger. The Turk with the rammer dropped to the earth and the rammer fell beside him. Pypina Rabinovich fired a second time. A loader fell on top of his comrade. A third rifle shot, almost as quick as a flash; a gunner went down, a fourth and a man at a wheel fell, a fifth and the unfailing bullet claimed a sponger, a sixth and an Ottoman just springing to cover was hit in the shoulder spinning him into a fruit cart.

But Pypina Rabinovich, kneeling on the parapet, the rifle cocked and his finger on the trigger, watched in case any of the Turks should expose himself again. The small, muscular figure was poised for instant action; all the whimsicality and humor were gone from the eyes.

A mighty shout of triumph burst from the Armenians. Many a good marksman was there, but never before had they seen such shooting. The crew of the gun had been annihilated in less than a minute.

For a while there was silence. Then the Turks, protected by the earthwork that they had thrown up, drew the battery back a hundred yards. Even in the farther batteries the men were very careful about exposing themselves. The Armenians, seeing no sure target, held their fire. The Turks opened a new cannonade and for another half hour the roar of the great guns drowned all other sounds. But when it ceased and the smoke drifted away the Armenians were still unharmed.

Mariam was now by the side of Pashaian, who showed great satisfaction.

“What will they do next?” asked Mariam.

“I don’t know, but you see now that it’s not the biggest noise that hurts the most. They’ll never get us with cannon fire. The only way they can do it is to attack the lowest part of our wall and make a bridge using their own bodies.”

“They are doing something now,” said Mariam, whose far-sighted vision served her well. “They are pulling down houses next to the channel.”

“Is that’s so?” said Pashaian, “but we won’t have to wait long to see what they’re about.”

Hundreds of Turks with wrecking tools had assailed three or four of the houses, which they quickly tore into pieces. Others ran forward with the timbers and began to build a bridge across the deep water.

“They want to cross over on that bridge and get into a position that’ll be closer,” said Pashaian, “but unless I’m mistaken those men yonder hard at work are already within range of our rifles. Shall we open fire, Colonel?”

He asked the question of Avietissian, who nodded. A picked band of Turks under General Jamshed were gathered in a mass and were rapidly fitting together the timbers of the houses to make the narrow bridge. But the reach of the Armenian rifles were far and Pypina Rabinovich was merely one among many sharpshooters.

The rifles began to flash and crack.

The Turks fell fast. In five minutes forty or fifty were killed, some of them falling into the channel; the rest, dropping the timbers, fled with shouts of horror from the fatal spot. General Jamshed, a brave man, sought to drive them back, but neither blows nor oaths availed. Jevdet Bey himself came and made many threats, but the men would not return. They preferred hanging as traitors to the muzzles of the Armenian rifles.

“That’s a bridge that will never be built,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “Live long enough to learn is a good way of going, I suppose, but a lot of those Turks neither learned long enough to live.”

“I think Jevdet Bey will realize now,” Avietissian said, “that he will have to bleed his men before a single one of them sets foot on these walls. Iif we only had six or seven hundred men, instead of less than a hundred and fifty!”

“We must send for help,” said Pashaian. “The numbers of Jevdet Bey continually increase, but we are not yet entirely surrounded.”

“I will send messengers tonight,” said Avietissian. “The Armenians are scattered, but it is likely that some will come.”

Jevdet Bey moved some of his batteries and also erected two new ones. When the work on the latter was finished all opened in another tremendous cannonade, lasting for fully an hour. The bank of smoke was heavier than ever and the roaring in Mariam’s ears was incessant, but while the fire was at its height she went down into the courtyard and cleaned her rifle. She took the precaution to remain in one of the covered doorways that opened up upon the square.

Soon Pypina Rabinovich joined her, busy with the same task. Before they finished a cannon ball dropped on the cobble stones, bounded against a wall and rebounded several times until it finally lay at rest.

Sybian called to them a few minutes later that the Turks seemed to be contemplating some movement on a lower wall that opened up upon the grand market square.

“Like as not you’re right,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “It would be the time to try it while our attention was attracted by the big cannonade.”

Pypina Rabinovich himself was detailed to meet the new movement and he led ten sharpshooters. Mariam went with him. Great quantities of smoke hung over Van and crept into Mariam’s throat and stung her eyes. They reached the low wall on a run, only to find that Sybian was right. A large force of Turks were approaching from that side, evidently expecting to make an opening under cover of the smoke.

The assailants were already within range; the deadly Armenian rifles began to crack at them once from the wall. The whole front line of the Ottoman column quickly disintegrated. The return fire of the Turks was hasty and irregular and they soon broke rank and fled.

“And that’s over,” said Pypina Rabinovich, as he sent a parting shot. “Mariam-jan, don’t let the idea that the Turks will always run every time we shoot at them. At some point soon they will have to try and storm the walls. Then our rifles won’t even act as good clubs at that range.”

“I understand, Pypina Rabinovich,” said Mariam. “You know that we may never get out of here alive.”

“You speak truth, au’cheek-jan,” said Pypina Rabinovich, soberly, using the Armenian term for my dear girl. “But remember that it’s a chance we take every day here in Turkey. And it’s pleasant to know that they’re all brave souls here together.”

“What are you going to do now?” asked Mariam.

“I’m going to eat dinner; after that I’ll take a nap. My advice to you is to do the same, ’cause you’ll be on watch tonight.”

She found that her appetite was all right; after dinner she lay down in the long room of the hospital. Here she heard the cannon of Jevdet Bey still thundering, but the walls softened the sound somewhat and made it seem much more distant. In a way it was soothing and Mariam slept. All that afternoon she was rocked into deeper slumber by the continuous roar of the Ottoman guns. Now and then a flash of rifle fire came from the Armenians in return. Smoke floated over the convent yard and through all the buildings, but it did not disturb her.

It was dark when she awoke. The fire of the cannon had now ceased and two or three lights were burning in the hospital. Pypina Rabinovich was already up; with some of the other men was eating at a table.

Mariam spent two-thirds of the night on the battlement wall. The Turks let the cannon rest in the darkness and only a few rifle shots were fired. But there were many lights in Van and on the outskirts two great bonfires burned. Jevdet Bey and his generals, feeling that their prey could not escape from the trap; caring little for the town folk who had been slain, were holding a festival.

That night Avietissian wrote a letter, an appeal to the Armenians of Ottoman Turkey for help. He stated that they had been under a continual bombardment for more than twenty-four hours many the number
of civilian casualties was not known but growing. “I shall never surrender or retreat,” he wrote. “Then I call on you in the name of brotherhood, of God and of everything dear to the Armenian soul, to come to our aid with all dispatch.”

At midnight Avietissian gave it to Kakig Kazandjian. Then he looked around for another messenger.

“Two should go in case of trouble,” he said.

His eyes fell upon Mariam.

“If you wish to go I will send you,” he said, “but I leave it to your choice. If you prefer to stay, you can.”

Mariam’s first impulse was to go. She might find Hayran, Diradour and Ashtî out there and bring them back with her, but her second impulse told her that it was only a chance and she would abide with Pypina Rabinovich and Pashaian.

“I thank you for the offer, but I think that I’ll stay,” she said.

She saw Pypina Rabinovich give her a swift approving glance. Another was quickly chosen in her stead and Mariam was there with them when they dropped over the low wall and disappeared in the darkness. Her comrades and she listened attentively a long time, but as they heard no sound of shots they were sure that they were now safe beyond the Ottoman lines.

“I don’t want to discourage anybody,” said Pashaian, “but I’m not hoping much from the messengers. We Armenians are scattered too widely.”

“No, they can’t bring many back,” agreed Pypina Rabinovich, “but every body counts. Sometimes it takes mighty little to turn the tale and we mean to turn it.”

“I hope so,” said Pashaian. “If Van falls there will be no power strong enough to stop the Sultan from wiping the last Armenian off the face of the earth.”

The Ottoman cannon were silent for the rest of that night and Mariam slept deeply, awaking only when the dawn of a clear day came. She ate breakfast with as good an appetite and she talked with her new comrades as if Jevdet Bey and his army were a thousand miles away.

But when she did go upon the city wall she saw that Jevdet Bey had begun work again and at a new place. The Ottoman general, having seen that his artillery was doing no damage, began making a great effort to get within much closer range. Men protected by heavy planking or advancing along trenches were seeking to erect a battery within less than three hundred yards of the entrance to the main gate. They had already thrown up a part of a breastwork. Meanwhile the Armenian sharpshooters were waiting for their chance.

Mariam took no part in it except that of a spectator. But Pypina Rabinovich, Pashaian and a dozen others were crouched on the wall with their rifles. Presently a lax Ottoman showed above the earthwork. It was Pypina Rabinovich who slew him, but Pashaian took the next. Then the other rifles flashed fast, eight or ten Turks were shot down and the rest fled. Once more the Armenian rifles had slowed the Bey’s plans down.

Mariam wondered why Jevdet Bey had endeavored to place the battery there in the daytime. It could be done at night, when it was impossible for the Armenians to aim their rifles so well. Knowing now what might be done at night, Mariam passed the day in a slow anxiety.

Unluckily for the Armenians, the night was the darkest of the month. No bonfires burned in camps; there were no sounds of music. It seemed to Mariam that the silence and darkness were sure indications of action on the part of the foe.

She felt more lonely and depressed than at any other time so far in the siege and she was glad when Pypina Rabinovich and a young Ottoman deserter called Constantine joined her. Pypina Rabinovich had not lost any of his whimsical good humor and when Mariam suggested that Jevdet
Bey was likely to profit by the dark he replied: “If he is the general I take him to be he will, or at least try, but meanwhile we’ll just wait; look; listen. That’s the way to find out if things are going to happen. We’ll just rest easy. If the Tzar taught me anything it is your enemies will come to you, why go out and look?”

“You’ve seen a lot in your life, Mr. Pypina Rabinovich,” said Mariam.

Pypina Rabinovich laughed low, but deep in his throat and with much pleasure.

“So I have!” he replied, “I’ve rambled pretty far from east to west and all the way from Budapest in the west to the islands in Greece and that must be some thousands of miles. And I’ve had some gay old times in Paris, too.”

“You’ve been in Paris?” said Mariam with quick interest. “The City of Lights!”

“And lovers,” the older Russian replied with a wink. “There are thousands and thousands of buildings for miles and miles. I saw the Notre Dame cathedral and it’s a mighty fine building, too, for a church.”

“I’d like to see that,” said Mariam.

“Maybe you will some day,” said Pypina Rabinovich, “If you go you have to go to the theaters. Au’cheek-jan, I saw the great Sarah Bernhardt play there and she is one of the finest women that ever walked onto a stage. I saw her first as Portia in that play of Shakespeare play where she was the woman lawyer. She was fine to see, the way she could change her voice and looks was a clean miracle. If ever I need a lawyer I want her to act for me.”

The three sat in the dark and thought for a while.

“I don’t like cities,” Mariam broke the silence. “They crowd in on me too much, but I think I would like the theater. We don’t have much chance to travel right now, do we, Constantine?”

The young Turk smiled in the dark.

“I come a small village by the sea,” he said. “I have never seen Paris or a theater. Or even Constantinople. We passed by it as we marched east, but it really isn’t the same.”

“Story telling time must be over soon,” said Pypina Rabinovich, “the Turks must be moving out there. Do you hear anything, Mariam?”

“Nothing but a little wind.”

“Then my ears must be deceiving me. I’ve used them such a long time that I guess they feel they’ve got a right to trick me once in a while.”

But Mariam was thinking just then of the great city which she wanted to see some day as Pypina Rabinovich had seen it. Her mind came back with a jerk. She did hear something in the dark, the tread of horses and the sound of wheels moving. She called the attention of Pypina Rabinovich to the noises.

“Huh,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “Jevdet Bey is planting his battery under the cover of the night and I don’t see how we’re going to keep him from doing that.”

The best of the Armenian sharpshooters lined the walls but the darkness was too great to reveal anything. Avietissian, Pashaian and Pypina Rabinovich considered the possibility of sending out a party
but they decided that it had no chance of success. The few Armenians would be overwhelmed along the coast by the thousands of Turks.

But all the leaders were uneasy. If the Ottoman batteries were brought much closer, protected as they were by earthworks and other fortifications, Van would be much more vulnerable. It was decided to
send another messenger for help and Mariam saw Sybian drop over the wall and slip away in the darkness. He was to go to Kars, where General Nazarbekian had over three hundred men and bring them in haste.

When Sybian was gone Mariam returned to her place on the wall. For hours she heard the distant sound of voices, the heavy clank of metal against metal and she knew full well that Jevdet Bey was planting his batteries. At last she went to her place in the long room of the hospital and slept.

When dawn came Mariam sprang up and rushed to the wall. There was the battery of Jevdet Bey only three hundred yards from the entrance to the main gate and to the southeast, but little further away, was another. The Turks had worked well during the night.

“They’re creeping closer, Mariam-jan,” said Pypina Rabinovich, who had come to the wall before her, “though at this range I don’t think their cannon will do us much harm.”

But even as he spoke the two batteries opened at the same time and the Ottoman soldiers in the rear, out of range, began a tremendous cheering. Many more of the balls and shells now fell inside the city, but the Armenian defenders stayed well under cover. The Ottoman gunners, in their turn, kept so well protected that the Armenian riflemen had little chance of hitting anything.

The great bombardment lasted an hour, but when it ceased and the smoke lifted, Mariam saw a heavy mass of Ottoman cavalry on the eastern road.

Both Mariam and Pypina Rabinovich took a long look at the cavalry, some carrying rifles and others simply with sabers. Mariam believed that she recognized Ivedik in the lead but the distance was too great for certainty. But when she spoke of it to Pypina Rabinovich he borrowed Avietissian’s field glasses.

“Take these,” he said, “and if it’s that beloved enemy of yours is out there I am sure you’ll soon tell.”

The woman, with the aid of the glasses, recognized Ivedik at once. The man was in the uniform of a Ottoman captain and with a cocked fez upon his head sat on his horse haughtily. Mariam knew that he, like Jevdet Bey, expected the siege to obliterate the little band of Armenians in a day or two.

“It is indeed Ivedik,” said Mariam. “Now what are they gathering cavalry out there for? They can’t expect to gallop over our walls.”

“They probably expect we will abandon Van and try to slip out. They’re throwing together what we might call roadblocks.”

“Pity,” said Mariam. “They’re almost within rifle shot now.”

“Wait here, Mariam-jan,”the Russian said suddenly, standing up, “I’ll have a talk with Avietissian and Pashaian.”

It was obvious to Mariam that Pypina Rabinovich’s talk with the commander and his second was satisfactory, because when he returned his face was in a broad grin. Pashaian, moreover, came with him; his brown eyes were lighted up with the fire of battle.

“It’s time we teach them some manners,”said Pypina Rabinovich, “Come along, Mariam-jan, I’ll watch over you.”

A force of seventy or eighty was formed quickly and, hidden from the view of the Turks, they rushed down the main city street and climbed the low walls. The Ottoman cavalry outnumbered them four or five to one, but the Armenians stayed close together.

“Now, up with your rifles!” cried their leader.

Pashaian was a product of the endless wars the Young Turks had fought and lost against a whole range of nations. It had created a hard-boiled and unhesitating man who shouted trigger-happy words of command to his men.

The sudden appearance of the Armenian riflemen outside the city walls took Ivedik by surprise, but he was quick of sense and action and his cavalrymen were the best in the Ottoman army. He wheeled them into line with a few words of command and shouted to them to charge. Pashaian’s men instantly stopped, forming a rough line, their rifles to their shoulders. Ivedik’s soldiers who carried rifles opened a hasty and excited fire at some distance away.

Mariam heard the bullets singing over her head to strike the wall or kick up dust in front of the Armenians, but only two of their fell. The Ottoman rifles now empty, the horsemen drew their sabers and charged in an almost solid group, the silver sunlight flashing across their long blades.

There was a moment of terrible waiting and then at the command of Pashaian their rifles flashed together in one tremendous explosion.

As soon as they had fired the Armenians drew back, ready for anything that might come galloping through the smoke. But nothing did. When the smoke lifted they saw that all of the Ottoman cavalry was gone. Fallen men were thick on the ground and long rifles lay across them. Some of the horses, riderless, were galloping away to right and left; unhorsed men were running to the rear. But Ivedik had escaped unharmed. Mariam saw him trying to reform his shattered force.

“Be ready for them before they come again!” shouted Pashaian.

These were skilled sharpshooters and every rifle was loaded when the second charge of Ivedik’s swept down upon them. No need of a command from Pashaian now. The Armenians picked their targets and fired straight into the dense group.

“At them with your knives and pistols!” shouted Pashaian. “Don’t give them another chance!”

The Armenians rushed forward and Mariam in the smoke became separated from her comrades. When she could see more clearly she beheld Ivedik wheeling his steed around.

The two recognized each other instantly. The Ottoman had the advantage. He was on horseback and the smoke was in Mariam’s eyes. With a shout of triumph, he rode straight at the woman and made a fierce sweep with his cavalry saber. Mariam ducked and dodged to one side and as she came up again she fired.

Ivedik was protected largely by his horse’s neck but the bullet struck and the horse fell. The man scrambled to his feet and, still holding the saber, sprang at his foe. Mariam snatched up her rifle, which lay on the ground at her feet; received the slash of the sword upon its barrel. The blade broke in two; then, swinging her now empty rifle, Mariam struck.

The Turk sprang back quickly, but the butt of the rifle grazed his face and drew blood. The next moment other combatants came between and Ivedik dashed away into the mists. Mariam, about to rush after him, felt Pashaian seize her arm and pulled her back.

“No further, Mariam!” he cried. “We’ve scattered their cavalry the whole Ottoman army will be upon us at any moment!”

Mariam heard far away the beat of flying hoofs. Pashaian quickly gathered together his men and carrying with them two who had been killed in the fight they retreated rapidly to the wall, the Armenian
cannon firing over their heads at the advancing Ottoman infantry. In three or four minutes they were inside the city again and with their comrades.

The Ottoman cavalry did not reappear upon the eastern road and the Armenians were exultant, yet they had lost two good men and their joy soon gave way to more solemn feelings. It was decided to bury the
slain at once in the court yard of the church and a common grave was made for them. It took only a few minutes to dig and the men, laid side by side, were covered with their cloaks. While the shovels were yet at work the Ottoman cannons opened anew upon Van. A ball fell in the church yard and burst, but too far away to hurt anybody.

Pypina Rabinovich said a few words and then they threw the dirt down on top of the fallen.

When Mariam walked away she felt to the full the deep solemnity of the moment. The death of the two men now cast an ominous light over the situation. The Ottoman lines were being drawn closer and closer about Van and she was compelled to realize the slenderness of their chances.

The woman resumed her place on the wall, remaining throughout the afternoon and watched the coming of the night. Pypina Rabinovich joined her and together they saw troops of Turks marching away from the main body, some to right and some to left.

“Stretching their lines around the Quarters,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “Jevdet Bey means to close us in entirely after a while”

Even as he talked a bullet sang by his head and flattened against the wall. He and Mariam dropped down just in time. Other bullets thudded against the stone. Nevertheless, Mariam lifted her head above the edge of the parapet and took a look. Her eyes swept a circle and she saw little puffs of smoke coming from newly established embankments and she knew at once that the best of the Ottoman sharpshooters had hidden themselves there. She called Pypina Rabinovich’s attention to this point of danger and the former Tzar officer grew very serious.

“We’ve got to get them out some way or other,” he said. “As I said before, the cannon balls make a big fuss, but they don’t come so often and they come at random. Mariam, we’ve got to drive those Turks out of there some way or other.”

The bullets from the shooters now swept the walls and the Armenian cannons fired upon the embankment, but the balls thudded into the earth and seemed to do no harm. Triumphant shouts came from the Turks. Their own batteries resumed the cannonade, while their sheltered riflemen sent in the bullets faster and faster.

Pypina Rabinovich tapped the barrel of his rifle significantly.

“We must get rid of those wasps.”

“How?” asked Mariam.

“You come along with me and I’ll show you,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “I’m going to have a talk with Avietissian and if he agrees with me we’ll soon wipe out that wasps’ nest.”

Pypina Rabinovich briefly announced his plan. They were to pick sixty riflemen, twenty of whom would bear torches. They would rush out at one of a side gate, storm the embankment, set fire to all that could burn and then rush back to Van.

Avietissian hesitated. The plan seemed impossible to execute in face of the great Ottoman force. But Pashaian had no doubts about his Russian seconded Pypina Rabinovich and at last the commander gave his consent. Mariam at once asked to go with the attack and the band gathered in a close body by one of the gates. The torches were long sticks lighted at the end and burned strongly. The men had already cocked their rifles and all were very quiet.

The Armenian cannons, to cover the movement, opened fire from the walls and the riflemen, posted at various points, shot at everything they could see. The Ottoman cannonade increased. When the thunder and crash were at their height the gate was suddenly thrown open and the sixty dashed out. Drifting smoke hid them partially and they were almost upon the embankment before they were discovered.

A great shout came from the Turks when they saw the Armenians outside once again and bullets from the attackers began to knock up grass and dust about them. But Pypina Rabinovich himself, waving a torch, led them on, shouting: “It’s only a step! It’s only a step! Now, let them have it!”

The Armenians fired as they rushed, but they took care to secure good aim. The Turks were driven back and then the Armenians carrying the torches dashed to the stores of ammunition left behind. Within seconds everything that could burn was and a light wind fanned the flames, which joined together and leaped up, a roaring pyramid.

Pypina Rabinovich, with a shout of triumph, flung down his torch.

“Now!” he cried. “Here’s the end of them sharpshooter.”

The little band wheeled for its homeward rush. Mariam heard a great shout from the Turkish lines and then the hissing and singing of shells and cannon balls over her head. She saw Turks running across the flat ground to cut them off and looking around Mariam realized a number of her comrades had been wounded. But nobody had fallen and they raced on in a close group for the gate, which seemed to recede as they moved.

“A few more steps, Mariam!” cried Pypina Rabinovich,

The Armenian cannons over their heads now fired into the pursuing Ottoman masses and the sharpshooters on the walls rained down deadly hail. The Turks recoiled once more and then Pypina Rabinovich’s party reached the gate.

“All here!” cried Pypina Rabinovich, as the gates slammed shut, but his face fell when he saw Constantine stagger. Pypina Rabinovich caught him in his arms and bore him into the hospital. He and Mariam watched by his side until he died, spitting up blood.

They buried him that night beside the other two and Mariam was more solemn than ever when she sought her usual place in the hospital by the wall. It had been a day of victory for the Armenians, but the omens, nevertheless, seemed to her to be bad.

The next day she saw the Turks spreading further and further about Van and they were in such strong force that the Armenians could now no longer afford to go out and attack as they had the day before. A cold rain fell, not unusual for this time of year in the mountains, but as she was not on duty Mariam went back to the hospital, where she sat in silence.

The bombardment was renewed in the afternoon but Mariam stayed in her place in the hospital. After a while Pypina Rabinovich and several others joined her there. Pypina Rabinovich was his usual humorous self and told more stories of his trips to the cities of Europe.

“Au’cheek-jan,” he said, “The Ottoman circle around Van is almost complete. Isn’t that so?”

“It is.”

“Then I’ll say what we all know. Three or four days from now the chances will be a hundred to one against any of us ever getting out of here. And you’re the youngest of the defenders, Mariam, so I want you to slip out tonight while there’s yet time. Maybe you can round up someone to come to our help.”

Mariam looked straight at Pypina Rabinovich and the old man’s eyes wavered.

“If you think to get me out of the way,” Mariam replied, “Because I’m a woman so I ought to go off alone at night and save my own life you are wrong. I’m not going. I intend to stay here and fight it out with the rest of you.”

“I meant for the best,” said Pypina Rabinovich.

“Couldn’t think of it,” said Mariam lightly.

The two friends sat in the dark and stared at each other.

“Besides,” she answered, “I’ve got a password in case we run into Jevdet Bey.”

“What’s that?” asked Pypina Rabinovich curiously.

“It’s the single word ‘Yarjanian.’ Mr. Yarjanian told me if I were taken by Jevdet Bey to mention his name.”

“The poet that left us?” said Pypina Rabinovich musingly. “I’ve heard a lot of Atom Yarjanian but I have no idea how his name will be any use. Weren’t they going to shoot him? No matter, Mariam, if the time should ever come, don’t you forget to use that password.”

The next night was dark and chilly with gusts of rain. In the afternoon the Ottoman cannonade slowed and at night it ceased entirely. Van itself, except for a few small lights within various buildings, was kept entirely dark in order that Turkish sharpshooters might not find a target.

Mariam was on watch near one of the lower walls near the church. The time went on very slowly. She walked back and forth a long time, occasionally meeting other guards and exchanging a few words with them. As she paced she noticed the dim figure of one of the guards going toward the convent yard and the church.

Mariam took only a single glance at the man, but she rather envied him. The man was going off duty early; he would soon be asleep in a warm place under a roof. She did not think of him again until a full hour later, when she, too, going off duty; saw a figure in the dark passing along the inner edge of the market square. The walk and figure reminded her of the man whom she had seen an hour before and she wondered why anyone who could have been asleep under shelter should have returned to the cold and rain.

She decided to follow, but the figure flitted away before her down a street and toward the lowest part of the wall. This was doubly curious. Mariam followed swiftly and saw the figure mounting the wall, as if to take position there as a sentinel; then the truth came to her in a flash.

Mariam rushed forward, shouting. The man turned, snatched a pistol and fired. The bullet whistled past Mariam’s head. The next moment the Turk dropped over the wall and fled away in the darkness.

Mariam’s report created some alarm among the defenders of Van, but it passed quickly.

“I don’t see just how it can help them,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “He’s found out that we’re few in number. They already knew that. And so here we all are, Armenians on one side and Turks on the other, just where we stood before.”

Nevertheless, the onslaught rose to a fiercer pitch of intensity the next day. The Turks seemed to have an unlimited supply of ammunition and they rained balls and shells on Van. From the reports Mariam heard it seemed the civilian causalities were growing with each passing bombardment. The Armenians did not reply from the shelter of their walls for a long time.

At last the Turks came closer, emboldened perhaps by the thought that resistance was crushed; then the Armenian sharpshooters opened fire with their long-barreled rifles. So many of the Turks fell that
the remainder retreated with speed, leaving their fallen behind them. But when the smoke lifted others came forward under a white flag and the Armenians allowed them to take away their dead.

The cannonade now became sporadic. All the Ottoman cannons would fire continuously for a half hour or so; then would ensue a silence of perhaps an hour.

In the afternoon Avietissian was taken very ill to the point he could no longer stand so a bed was made for him in the hospital. Mariam sat there with him a while. The gentle mood that had distinguished the former lawyer throughout the siege was even more marked now.

“Mariam,” he said, “you ought to have gone out the other night when we wanted you to go. General Nazarbekian may come to our help or he may not, but even if he should come I don’t think his force is sufficient. It would merely increase the number of Armenians who are about to die.”

“I’ve quite made up my mind that I won’t go,” said Mariam.

“I’m sorry,” said Avietissian, sweating heavily even though the air was chill.

Mariam was on the watch again for part of the next night and she and Pypina Rabinovich were together. They heard sounds made by the besiegers on every side of them. Turks were calling to Kurds. Bridle bits rattled and metal clanked against metal.

“I suppose the circle is complete,” said Mariam.

“Looks like it,” said Pypina Rabinovich, “but we’ve got water to drink and only a direct attack in force could take us. They can bang away with their cannon till the Second Coming and they won’t shake our grip on Van.”

The night was fairly dark; an hour later Mariam heard a whistle. Pypina Rabinovich heard it, too; stiffened instantly into attention.

“Did that sound to you like a Ottoman whistling?” she asked.

“No, I’d say it came from Armenian lips; I’d take it also for a signal.”

Pypina Rabinovich emitted a whistle, low but clear and penetrating, almost like the song of a night bird and in a half minute came the rejoinder. He replied to it briefly; then they waited. Others had gathered at the low wall with them. They peered over the parapet.

They heard soft footsteps in the darkness and then dim forms emerged. Despite the darkness they knew them to be Armenians and Pypina Rabinovich spoke low: “Here we are waiting for you! This way and in a half minute you’re in Van!”

The men ran forward, scaled the wall and were quickly inside. They were only thirty-two. Mariam had thought that Ashtî, Hayran; Diradour might be among them, but they were not there. The new men were shaking hands with the others and were explaining that they had come from Erzurum with Captain Gorgodian at their head. They were all well armed, carried much ammunition; were sure that other parties would arrive from different points.

The thirty-two were full of rejoicings over their successful entry, but they were worn, nevertheless; they were taken into one of the buildings, where food and water were set before them.

“We had a hard time to get in here to you,” said Gorgodian, “and from the looks of things I reckon we’ll have as hard a time to get out. There must be half a million Turks around Van. We tried to get up a bigger force, but we couldn’t gather any more without waiting; we thought if you needed us at all you needed us in a hurry.”

“You’re right about the need of being in a hurry,” said Pypina Rabinovich.

“We couldn’t have gotten here any quicker. The wind was blowing our way; in the afternoon we heard the roaring of cannon a long distance off. The Turks had scouts and skirmishers everywhere so we hid up in the foothills and waited until dark. It was touch and go. Wherever we went we found Turks, thousands of them.”

“We’ve noticed a few ourselves,” said Pypina Rabinovich.

“We know that Jevdet Bey himself is out there,” replied Gorgodian gravely, “and that the Turks have got a big army. That’s the reason we came, Pypina Rabinovich, because the odds are so heavy against you.”

The new force was small but they brought with them encouragement. Mariam shared in the general uplift. These new faces gave fresh vigor to the little garrison and they brought news of that outside world from which she seemed to have been shut off so long. They told of numerous reinforcements sure to come to their relief, but she soon noticed that they could not elaborate on who might answer the call. She felt with now certainty that Van had all the defenders that it would ever have.

Repeated examinations from the walls of the city confirmed Mariam in her belief. The Ottoman circle was complete; their sheltered batteries were so near that they dropped balls and shells whenever they pleased inside the city. Duels between their cannons and the Armenian sharpshooters were frequent. The gunners as they worked their guns were forced to show themselves at times; every exposure was a signal for a Armenian bullet which rarely missed. But the Turks kept on. It seemed that they intended to wear out the defenders by the sheer doggedness of their cannon fire.

As she passed down the main street of the city she met Pypina Rabinovich and the two walked on together. Presently they entered an improvised armory where many Armenians sat, molding bullets. A fire had been built on the hearth and they made room for the two. Mariam knew that their supplies of bullets and cannon bombs were running low and that they must reduce their fire from the walls in order that they might have sufficient to meet an attack in force.

Mariam watched as a woman, a volunteer civilian, put a bar of lead into a ladle; held it over the fire until it became molten. Then she poured it into the mold, closed it; when she opened it again a slug dropped out. They worked hour after hour and the woman would give a smile every once in a while as she watched her heap of bullets grow.

Pypina Rabinovich at last said they had done enough for one day and Mariam was glad when they went outside and breathed the fresh air again. There was no firing at that time; they climbed once more upon the wall. Pashaian, who was further along the wall with a pair of strong field glasses, came back and joined Mariam and Pypina Rabinovich.

“If you would like to see Jevdet Bey you can,” he said to Mariam. “he is standing on one of the embankments they built now with his generals looking at us.”

Mariam took the glasses and there was Jevdet Bey standing directly in the middle of his army with his own glasses to his eyes, studying Van and its defenders. About him stood a half dozen generals. The man must feel secure, Mariam thought, in his overwhelming numbers. He would take the Armenians in his own good time, that is, whenever he felt like it.

Mariam handed the glasses to Pypina Rabinovich, who also took a long look.

“I’ve heard a lot of Jevdet Bey,” he finally said, “and maybe I’ll meet him one day eye to eye.”

Pashaian simply nodded and then said, “but we’ve got to wait on the Turks. It’s always for them to make the move; then we’ll meet it if we can. I wish we could hear from Sybian. I’m afraid he’s been taken.”

“Not likely,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “One man, all alone and as quick of foot as Sybian, would make his way safely, I am sure of it.”

Once again Pashaian simply nodded.

“If our family and friends are made to realize our situation they will surely come, no matter how far away they may be.”

“I hope they will,” said Pypina Rabinovich. But Mariam noticed that he did not seem to speak with any amount of confidence. The Armenian villages were tiny and for years the Ottomans had been rounding up as many Armenians as they could find. Those they did not shoot immediately were marched away. Mariam had no idea where they went but sufficient to say none ever came back. Whole villages disappeared this way and even if they were to raise fifty or sixty thousands they would still be against everything the Young Turks had at their disposal. Mariam did not believe that in any event they could gather a force great enough to cut their way through Jevdet Bey’s multitude.

The next night, about halfway between midnight and morning, in the darkest hour, a man scaled the wall and dropped inside the city. It proved to be Sybian himself, pale, worn, covered with mud and dust, but bringing good news. Mariam was present when he came into the church and was met by Pashaian, Pypina Rabinovich and Gorgodian.

“General Nazarbekian has left Kars with four hundred men and four cannon to join us,” Sybian explained. “He started five days ago and he should be here soon. With his rifles and big guns he’ll be able to cut his way through the Turks and enter Van.”

“At last!” said Pashaian, with enthusiasm.

But Mariam steadily watched Pypina Rabinovich. She noticed that he did not say anything and that he listened with a growing sense of disbelief.

The next day everybody in Van knew that Sybian had come from General Nazarbekian and the whole place was abuzz with talk. As Mariam reckoned, it was about one hundred and fifty miles from Van to Kars, but according to Sybian General Nazarbekian had already been five days on the way and they should hear soon the thunder of Turkish guns.

She went up on the wall and scanned the coast but the only thing she saw were Turks.

They watched that day and the next through all the bombardment but they heard no report of General Nazarbekian or his guns. The only flashes of fire they saw outside were those that came from the mouths of Ottoman cannons. The sun, huge, red and vivid, sank in the waters of the lake and, as the shadows crept over Van, Mariam was sure in her heart that General Nazarbekian would never come.

Night had come, Mariam sat once more with her friend, Pypina Rabinovich. The two heard outside the fitful crackle of rifle fire, but they paid no attention to it. Avietissian, shivering with fever, sat a table with a small tallow candle at his elbow, writing his last message.

Mariam was watching the commander as he wrote. But she saw no expression of despair or even discouragement on Avietissian’s face. The letter, which a messenger would carry once more through the lines, told again how few were his defenders and how the balls and bombs were raining almost continuously for days upon Van. Even as his pen was poised they heard the heavy thud of a cannon, but the pen descended steadily and he wrote:

“I shall continue to hold until we get relief or perish in its defense.”

He wrote on a little longer and once more came the heavy thuds of the great guns and a shell, falling in the church courtyard outside, burst with a great crash. Mariam went out and returned with a report that the roof of one of the houses nearby had caved in and was burning.

Avietissian closed the letter and addressed it. An hour later the messenger was beyond the Ottoman lines, but Avietissian sat for a long time at the table, unmoving and silent. Perhaps he was blaming himself for not having discovered the advance of Jevdet Bey sooner. But he had never been trained as a soldier and since the siege of Van had started he had done all that he could do.

He rose at last, despite the fever and went out. Then Pypina Rabinovich said to Mariam:

“He has given up all hope of help.”

“So have I,” said Mariam.

“But we can still fight,” said Pypina Rabinovich.

“Yes.”

“Au’cheek-jan,” the Russian said, “I’ve never had a daughter. My wife died many years ago. But if God ever let me do this life over again I would have been a proud father if my daughter was anything like you.”

Mariam looked at the old man and now it was her turn to walk slowly toward the door. But this time it was not in despair but terrible wonder.

The day went on and Avietissian was again in the hospital, having been severely bruised in a fall from one of the walls, but his spirit was as audacious as ever.

“The assault by the Turks in full force cannot be delayed much longer,” he said to Mariam. “Jevdet Bey is impatient and I am sure he has brought up all his forces by this time.”

“Do you think we can hold them off?” asked Mariam.

Avietissian hesitated a little; then he replied frankly: “No. I do not. We have only one hundred and twenty or thirty men to guard the whole of the city.”

The Ottoman batteries fired very little that day and Jevdet Bey’s soldiers kept well out of range. The silence seemed ominous and brooding to Mariam. The day was bright; Mariam saw Turkish officers occasionally out on the giving orders, but she took little notice of them. She felt instinctively that the supreme crisis had not yet come. They were all simply waiting.

The afternoon drew its slow length in almost dead silence and the night came on rather blacker than usual. Then the word was passed for all to assemble in the courtyard. They gathered there, Avietissian dragging his sick body with the rest. The cannons and the walls were for a moment deserted. Every defender of Van was present.

Pashaian stood before them and spoke to them.

“Brothers and sisters,” he said, “all of you know what I know, that we stand alone. No help is coming for us. The Armenians cannot send it or it would have come. For ten days we have beaten off every attack of a large army. But another assault in much greater force is at hand. It is not likely that we can repel it.”

He paused and looked and the faces surrounding him. After a pause he said:

“Jevdet Bey never gives mercy. It is likely that we shall all fall, but, if anyone wishes to go, I, your leader, do not order you to stay. There still a chance to escape over the walls and in the darkness. Now go and save your lives if you can.”

Mariam mounted the wall once again. The deep silence which marked the beginning of the night still prevailed. After so much noise, it was ominous and oppressive. Fewer lights than usual burned in the city and in the Ottoman camp. They had not heard any shots and for that reason some felt that the messenger had got through with Avietissian’s last letter.

The evening wore on and at 11 o’clock she sought her usual place for sleep in the hospital. It was full now of wounded. Many had bled to death where they were place since the Turkish bombs were designed to explode and scatter white hot metal everywhere. Some were awake since there was no medicine left to give to them but most were now asleep, overpowered by exhaustion. Mariam crept into her own dark little corner and she, too, was soon asleep.

She was awakened about four hours later by someone pulling hard at her arm. She opened her eyes and stared sleepily. It was Pypina Rabinovich bending over her and, Avietissian lying on his sick bed ten feet away, had raised himself on her elbow. The light was so faint that Mariam could scarcely see Pypina Rabinovich’s face, but it looked very tense and eager.

“Get up, Mariam-jan! Get up!” said Pypina Rabinovich, shaking her again.

“Why, what is it?” exclaimed the woman, springing to her feet.

“It’s your friends, Yarjanian and that Turk woman, Ashtî,” replied Pypina Rabinovich in quick tones. “While you were asleep an Ottoman, friendly to us, sneaked a message over the wall saying that Yarjanian, Ashtî; others were laying to the east with a big force not more than twenty miles away.”

“General Nazarbekian has made it at last!”

“No, not Nazarbekian’s troops but some rough riders that come down from the north. They don’t know whether we’re holding out yet or not and do not want to attack the rear of the army if we are all dead. I need someone to go to Yarjanian with the news that we’re still fighting. Colonel Pashaian has chose you and you’ve got to go. You’re just to tell Yarjanian by word of mouth and then fight your way back.”

Mariam’s head spun for a moment. She did not have time to argue or ask questions. Avietissian also added with urgency. “Go, Mariam-jan, go at once!” he said. “You are chosen for a great service. It’s an honor to anybody!”

“It’s suicide anyway you look at,” said Pypina Rabinovich, “but if anyone can survive this you can, daughter.”

Mariam sagged for a moment. This was, in truth, a great honor if she could bring the help they desperately needed.

“Here’s your rifle,” said Pypina Rabinovich. “The night is at its darkest and you don’t have time to waste. Come!”

So swift was Pypina Rabinovich that Mariam was ready almost before she knew it. The Russian never ceased hurrying her. But as she started, Avietissian called to her: “Good-by, my dear Mariam.”

The woman turned back and offered her hand. The young lawyer shook it with unusual warmth and then lay back calmly on his blankets.

“We will meet again,” said Mariam. “We’ll fight our way back, just watch.”

“On with you!” cried Pypina Rabinovich.

Mariam wrapped her dark traveling robes around her and with her rifle over her shoulder Pypina Rabinovich escorted her into the church yard.

The soft wind from the lake blew upon their faces and from the high wall a sentinel called: “All’s well!” Mariam felt an extraordinary shiver, a premonition, but it passed, unexplained. She and Pypina Rabinovich reached the lowest part of the wall.

“It’s about three o’clock in the morning now,” her friend told her, “and you’ve got to slip through in two or three hours which will still be cutting it close. Now, Mariam, up with you and over.”

Mariam climbed to the summit of the wall. Beyond lay heavy darkness and she neither saw nor heard any human being. She looked back and extended her hand to Pypina Rabinovich as she had to Avietissian.

“Good-by, father,” she said, “I am about to make you proud of your daughter.”

The great hand of the Russian clasped onto hers. “You already have, my heart. You already have.”

“Good-by,” said Mariam and she dropped lightly to the ground.

In the dark she flattened herself against the wall and stood there for a minute or two, looking and listening. She thought she might hear Pypina Rabinovich again inside, but evidently the Russian had gone back at once. In front of her was only the darkness, pierced by a single light off toward the west.

Mariam hesitated. It was hard for her to leave Van and the friends, yet her mission was one of vital importance, it might save them all. She started across an open space, walking lightly.

As she advanced she heard voices and saw earthworks from which the muzzles of four cannons protruded. Behind the earthwork was a small fire and she knew that men would be sitting about it. She was in a fever of haste and she made for a point between two smoldering camp fires fifty or sixty yards apart. Boldness only would now avail and with her robes pulled together she began making her slow way through the enemy.

It struck her odd that no guards had been posted. Indeed, the lax state of affairs in the Ottoman encampment seemed singularly out of place considering their enemy was so near.

She had been slowly moving forward for over an hour and could feel the roar of blood in her ears. As she was passing a large collection of tents one of the flaps opened and out strode Ivedik Bey accompanied by two bulky guards. The two stopped short and stared at each other. A number of Ottoman soldiers were asleep around a nearby fire, but at least a half dozen men were awake.

Even as Mariam turned to run Ivedik’s bodyguards rushed forward and tackled her to the earth, pinning her until, at Ivedik’s command, her arms were tied and she was allowed to rise.

Mariam was in despair, not so much for herself but because there was no longer a chance that she could get through to Yarjanian. And to add insult to injury it had been by Ivedik himself. But she faced the Turk with an appearance of calmness.

“I see,” Mariam began, “that I am your prisoner.”

The black eyes of the officer regarded Mariam smugly. The woman knew that he could shoot her down at that moment but she recalled the words of Yarjanian. The poet had told her to use his name if she should ever fall again into the hands of the enemy.

“By the Prophet’s beard! Woman, you keep popping up in the worse of possible places,” the Turkish officer laughed.

“I am your prisoner,” she repeated, “and I demand to be taken before your Jevdet Bey. Whatever you assume now there are reasons why he will spare me.”

Ivedik grinned.

“I shall take you to the great Bey,” he said, “since his apatite for Armenian women is legendary. But I believe that before he takes you, you will be telling us all you know. We have ways of making even the hardest of our enemies talk.”

The Turk walked Mariam through the Ottoman camp. Already in the dim gray of morning Mariam could see the walls of the dark city walls from which she had slipped but a few hours before with such high hopes. She even saw the figures of the Armenian sentinels, moving slowly on the walls and her heart grew heavy within her.

“What exactly were you thinking of walking into our very arms?” asked the Ottoman. “If it had been anyone else I would have said trying to save your traitorous skin but if it had been anyone else I would have just shot you as you stood.”

Mariam said nothing but Ivedik, enjoying the moment, kept on: “What chance did you think you had here?”

He swept his right hand in a circle;, in the early dawn light, Mariam saw batteries and troops everywhere. She knew that the circle about Van was complete. Perhaps she would have failed in her mission even had she got by. It would require an army half a million strong to cut through to save Van; she knew Yarjanian could never have found such a miracle in the mountains of the Caucasus.

“I see that you look at Van,” said Ivedik ironically. “If only you traitorous Armenians had not sided with the Tzar and taken up arms against us none of this would have happened.”

Mariam’s color rose.

“You might think you’ve won,” Mariam replied quietly, “but no one will ever believe that a tenth of the Ottoman empire’s population suddenly decided to revolt after centuries of loyalty. The Young Turks have done everything in their power to massacre my people and the moment one of us cried out to stop you accuse all Armenians everywhere of being traitors. You will be known as a race of butchers.”

“Who cares about that, eh?” Ivedik replied. “Nobody cares about the fate of some miserable peasants. No, Europe will play along with everything we say since we will be busy fighting the Bolsheviks for
them. You will end up being just a smudged name on a map and people will ask, ‘who remembers the Armenians?’”

The woman had eyes and ears for everything around her. Out here with the Turks, where she could see all their overwhelming force and their extensive preparations, the chances of the Armenians looked worse than they did inside Van.

They entered the center of the encampment. The appearance of the young woman prisoner aroused curiosity among the soldiers. She heard often the word “Ermani.”

Mariam was silent. She was resolved not to ask Ivedik any questions or to give him a chance to show his triumph.

“My men will wait with you here in the courtyard,” Ivedik told her, “and I’ll see if our illustrious Bey is ready to receive you.”

Mariam waited patiently.

Ivedik was gone a full half hour, but when he returned he led the way into the biggest of the tents. Luxurious fittings had been put in, but many of the splits and scars from years of use out in foul weather were visible.

Jevdet Bey sat at a table, eating. He did not bother looking up when the Armenian was placed in front of him. Slowly he raised his eyes and the soldiers who had guarded Mariam stepped back, Ivedik stood by the wall and Mariam was left to meet the fixed gaze of her enemy.

The man looked more like a banker than a warrior even in his splendid uniform. Jevdet Bey’s gaze was fixed and piercing, as if he would terrorize the soul of his enemy but Mariam simply stood silent and
stared back. Then Jevdet Bey smiled and looked her slowly up and down.

Finally he spoke: “One more morsel before the feast begins, eh?”

The fat man laughed and his generals laughed obediently as well. Mariam said nothing.

“I am informed by that most worthy young officer, Captain Ivedik,” continued Jevdet Bey, “that you were captured about three o’clock this morning trying to escape from Van.”

“That is correct,” said Mariam.

“Just like a rat, why were you running away in the dark?”

Mariam flushed but remained silent.

“Ah, good. You do not choose to answer me,” said Jevdet Bey, “it will mean I shall have some fun breaking you. Our cannons have blown Van half to waste. Most of your men are dead and the rest will gladly surrender should I give them the promise of mercy.”

Mariam checked her angry reply and simply said, “We are ready to fight to the last.”

There was a murmur among the generals, but Jevdet Bey raised his hand and they were silent again.

“I cannot believe anything you say,” he continued. “It is a boast. The Armenians are braggarts. Tomorrow they die, every one of them. But tell us the exact condition of everything inside Van; perhaps I may spare your life.”

Mariam simply stared back. A deep flush surged into the dark face of Jevdet Bey.

“You are stubborn. Do you know why I am called by my friends and foes the Horseshoe Vali? Because I have horseshoes nailed to the feet of anyone who gets me angry. Try fighting your traitorous war when you can’t even stand up. But I do not need any information from you. I shall crush Van and tonight when I return I shall have my fun with you.”

Mariam licked her dry lips and then said: “A great poet named Atom Yarjanian has been a good friend to me and he told me that if I should ever fall into your hands I was to mention his name to you; to say that he considered my life of value.”

The expression of the Turk’s changed. He frowned and then regarded Mariam intently, as if he would read some secret that the woman was trying to hide.

“So you know Yarjanian,” he said at length, “and he wishes you to say to me that your life is of value.”

Mariam glanced at the generals and saw a look of great curiosity on the face of every one of them.

“I know this Yarjanian,” said Jevdet Bey slowly, “and there is some … business between us. It may be to my advantage to spare you for a while.”

A sudden smile passed over his face.

“Yes, I will make you a spectator of the defeat of your fellow Armenians,” he said. “A great event needs spectators. We attack at dawn tomorrow and you shall miss nothing of it and until then Captain Ivedik, whose vigilance captured you, will keep guard over you.”

Ivedik smiled. He put a hand upon Mariam’s shoulder, but the woman shook it off.

“Don’t touch me,” said Mariam.

Jevdet Bey and his generals laughed.

“Feisty, let her have her way for the present, Captain,” the Bey said. “You can watch me break her later if you like.”

Ivedik and his soldiers saluted and took Mariam from the tent to another some distance away.

“You are fortunate, woman,” said Ivedik, “to have escaped immediate execution. I do not know why the name of Yarjanian was so powerful with our Bey, but it was.”

“It seemed to have the effect I was after,” said Mariam.

Ivedik led Mariam into a small tent and sat her on a stool. He cut the bonds on her wrists and said: “I shall leave you here with two guards. I shall give them instructions to kill you at the slightest attempt on your part to escape, but I fancy that you will have sense enough not to make any such foolish move.”

Ivedik departed, but the two sentinels sat by the entrance to the tent, rifles in hand. The heavy thud of a great gun presently drew her attention and she saw the black smoke from the discharge rising in the air through the open flaps of the tent. A second, a third and a fourth cannon shot were fired, but no answer came from the walls of Van. She watched for nearly an hour and she saw that the firing was haphazard
at best. Not more than a dozen cannon shots were fired during that time and only three or four rifles replied from Van. Toward noon the firing ceased entirely and Mariam knew that this was in very fact and truth the lull before the storm.

Ivedik came returned to the tent a little after the noon hour. He was not sneering or ironical and Mariam, who had no wish to quarrel at such a time, was glad of it.

“As Jevdet Bey told you,” the Turk said, “the assault is to be made in overwhelming force early in the morning. It will succeed, of course. Nothing can prevent it. Through the man Yarjanian, you have some claim upon the general, but it may not be strong enough to save you long. A service now might make his pardon permanent.”

“What do you mean by a service now?”

“A few words as to the weaker points of Van, the best places for our troops to attack. You cannot do anything for the defenders. You cannot alter their fate in any particular, but you might do something for yourself.”

Mariam simply raised one eyebrow and stared back at the Ottoman.

“Very well,” said Ivedik, “I made you the offer. It was for you to accept it or not as you wish.”

The rest of the afternoon passed in inaction. The sun was brilliant and toward evening turned to a deep, glowing red. It lighted up for the last time the dim figures that stood on the walls of Van. At some point food and water had been brought to her but Mariam could eat little and drink less. Despite the Bey’s threats of breaking her no one came to her tent that evening but the night was far too heavy for sleep. She heard the rumble of cannon wheels over the rough dirt, the shouts of men, the boots of soldiery passing, the brays of horses and mules and their cavalry.

She remained laying in the dark a long time listening to the sounds. Once she heard a trumpet and its note in the night was singularly piercing. She thought it might be a signal, probably for the moving of
a regiment still closer to Van. But there were no shots from either the Turks or the city. The night was clear with many stars.

After two or three hours of thinking Mariam tried to sleep on the floor. She lay down but she did not even close her eyes. She became so restless that at last she rose and went to the chair again. It must
have been then past midnight. The noises had ceased. Evidently the Turks had everything ready. The wind blew cold upon her face, but it brought her no news of what was passing without.

Mariam awoke after a feverish dream when there was yet but a strip of garden pink in the east. She found herself on the cold hard packed earth and dirt in her hair. Nevertheless the great pulse in her throat began to leap. The attack was about to begin.

The door of the room was unlocked and the two guards who had watched over her entered. Mariam saw in the half gloom that they appeared serious and grave.

“We are to take you to the noble Captain Ivedik who is waiting for you,” said one.

Mariam nodded and followed them out.

They found Ivedik and another young officer waiting nearby. Ivedik was in his best uniform and his eyes were very bright.

“The time is at hand,” he said, “and it will be your wonderful fortune to see how the Young Turks strike down their foe.”

Mariam said nothing.

The strip of pink in the east was broadening and she now saw that the whole camp was awake, although it was not yet full daylight. Jevdet Bey had been at work in the night, while Mariam lay in a feverish sleep. She heard everywhere now the sound of voices, the clank of arms and the beat of horses’ hoofs. The atmosphere was surcharged with excitement; the sense of coming triumph.

Mariam allowed herself a tiny sigh.

“What is the matter with you?” asked Ivedik, sharply. “Are you already weeping for the conquered? No matter, I am taking you now to the grand Bey now. Then I shall be leading the attack.”

Mariam saw the Ottoman cavalry were filing out in the dim dawn, troop after troop, the early light falling across their rifles, spurs and bridles jingling. All rode well and they made a thrilling picture, as they steadily advanced, curving about the old city walls.

Ivedik led the way to a fortified battery standing in front of the heart of the camp. A brilliant group stood behind an earthen wall and Mariam saw Jevdet Bey among them.

“I have brought the prisoner,” said Ivedik, saluting.

“Very good,” replied the Governor, “and now, Captain Ivedik, you can join your command. You have served me well and you shall have your share in the glory of this day.”

Ivedik bowed low. Then he hurried away to join the horses. Jevdet Bey turned and stared at Mariam.

“I have brought you here at this moment,” he said, “to give you a last chance. It is not due to any mercy for you, an Armenian, a woman and a rebel, but it is because you have been so long in Van that you must know it well. Point out to us its weakest places and you shall be free. You shall go north in safety. I promise it here, in the presence of my generals.”

“I have nothing to tell,” replied the Armenian.

“Are you sure?”

“Absolutely.”

“Eh, no matter. You will stay with us and see my glorious hour and the fall of Van.”

The pink bar in the east broadened. A thin streak of shining silver cut through it; touched for a moment the city, the lake, the army and mountains. Mariam leaned against an edge of the earthwork; breathed laboriously, painfully.

Flies buzzed. Out on the field the cavalry were motionless. Mariam, straining her eyes toward Van, could see nothing. She put up her hand and wiped her forehead. Her fingers came away wet.

“Zafar, my brother,” said Jevdet Bey to the rotund general, “take your command. It was here that the Armenian rebels humiliated you and it is here that you shall have full vengeance.”

Zafar saluted and strode away. He was to lead one of the attacking columns.

“Colonel Rustam,” said Jevdet Bey to another officer, “you are to direct the attack on the northern wall and may Allah’s quick success go with you.”

Rustam glowed and he, too, strode away to the head of his column.

“Colonel Chaghatai,” said Jevdet Bey, “the third column is yours and the fourth is yours, Colonel Zulfiqar. Take your places and, at the signal agreed, the four columns will charge with all their strength. Let us see which will be the first in Van.”

The bar of pink in the east was still broadening, but the sun itself did not yet show. The walls of Van were still dim, Mariam could not see whether any figures were there. Jevdet Bey had put a pair of powerful field glasses to his eyes, but when he took them down he said nothing of what he had seen.

“Are all the columns provided?” he asked General Zafar, who stood beside him.

“They have everything, your excellency,” replied Zafar, “rifles, axes, scaling ladders. My lord, they cannot fail.”

“No, they cannot,” said Jevdet Bey exultingly. “These Armenian scum fight like demons, but we have now a net through which they cannot break. General Nangishlishma, see that the bands are ready and direct them to play the Hamidiye March when the signal for the charge is given.”

Mariam shivered again. The Hamidiye March had been the royal anthem for the last couple of years, written by a second-rate Italian aping the work of Giuseppe Donizetti who had written the stirring
“Mahmudiye” for Sultan Mahmud II way back in 1805. General Nangishlishma returned.

“The bands are ready, your excellency,” he said.

A soldier, trumpet in hand, was standing nearby. Jevdet Bey turned and said two words: “Blow hard!”

The Ottoman lifted the trumpet to his lips and blew a long note that swelled to its fullest pitch, then died away into soft echos.

The great circle of infantry shook their rifles until they glittered and a tremendous cry burst from the vast ring. As the shouting grew in intensity the bands began to play with their utmost vigor and then four columns of Ottoman troops, five thousand strong, rushed toward Van. Jevdet Bey and the generals around him were tremendously excited and shouted themselves.

Everywhere Mariam turned she could see Ottoman officers in advance, waving their swords and shouting to their men. Another silver gleam flashed through the pink light of the early morning, ran along the edges of swords and rifles and lingered for a moment over the dark walls of Van.

But no sound came from the city, not a single shot, not a cry. Were they asleep? Were they dead? Had they fled? Could such Pypina Rabinovich and Pashaian and Avietissian be blind to their danger Mariam felt a chill run down her spine.

“Nothing will stop them!” cried Jevdet Bey. “The Armenians cower before such a splendid force! They lay down their arms!”

The trumpet blew another signal and there was a cannon report so loud that it made Mariam jump. All the Ottoman batteries had fired at once over the heads of their own troops at Van. While the gunners reloaded the smoke of the discharge drifted away and Van still stood silent.

The Ottoman troops were coming close now. The bands playing the Hamidiye March swelled to greater volume and the ground shook again as the Ottoman artillery fired its second volley. When the smoke drifted away again Van itself suddenly burst into flame. The Armenian cannon at close range poured their shot and shell into the dense ranks of the Turks below and piercing through the heavy thud-thud of the cannons came the shriller and more deadly crackle of the rifles. The Armenians were there on the walls defending them to the last.

Jevdet Bey, Firouz, Garsiyya, Tayyib, Nangishlishma and the other generals were leaning against the earthwork, absorbed in the tremendous spectacle that was passing before them. The soldiers who were to guard their prisoner forgot her. She saw the Ottoman columns shiver when the first volley was poured down upon them from the walls. In a single glance she beheld the jubilant look on the faces of Jevdet Bey and his generals die away and she suddenly became conscious that the shrill notes of the bands had stopped as well. But the Ottoman cannons still poured a cloud of shell and lead over the heads of their men at Van and the Young Turks still pressed on.

Mariam listened to the crackle of the rifles, steady, incessant, as towers and spires of smoke rose, drifted and rose again. In the intervals she saw the walls of the city spit out tongues of flame and the Turks falling by dozens by the ancient walls.

“By Allah, how they fight!” she heard one of the generals exclaim.

The Armenian Quarter was a living flame. Everything that could burn seemed to be raging. Mariam saw Ottoman officers rushing about, shouting to the men, urging them on. The fire from Van seemed to Mariam to increase. Slowly Mariam became aware that the generals around her were talking to one another. Their words showed uneasiness. It was not the swift triumphal rush into Van that they had expected. Great swaths had been cut through the Ottoman army. Jevdet Bey paled more than once when he saw his men falling.

As they watched the column led by Colonel Rustam was now at the northern wall, his the men were rushing forward with the axes and scaling ladders. The Armenian rifles sent down a storm of bullets upon them and a score of men fell, Rustam among them, wounded terribly. The whole column broke and reeled away, carrying their officers with them.

Mariam saw the face of Jevdet Bey turn blotchy and purple with rage. He struck the earthwork furiously with his fists.

“Go! Go!” he cried to Nangishlishma and Tayyib. “Rally them! See that they do not run!”

Soon Rustam’s column rallied, but the column on the east and the column on the west were also driven back and Jevdet Bey rushed messenger after messenger, hurrying up fresh men, still driving the whole
Ottoman army against Van. Mariam saw the field covered with slain and the many wounded were crawling back to the shelter of the earthworks.

Mariam felt amazed. She had seen the attack beaten off at three points. A force of twenty to one had been compelled to fall back. But even now the Ottoman troops were reforming. Replacement officers were among them, driving them forward with threats and blows.

Mariam’s heart sank as the whole vast Ottoman army began its slow rush straight at the walls. Armenian fire from their rifles flashed down upon them once more and the whole battlefield disappeared into a sea of smoke.

There was a pause of a few moments. The Turkish camp had been silent for a long time and the Ottoman soldiers themselves ceased to shout. Clouds of smoke eddied and drifted about the buildings of Van. The light of the morning, first pink, then silver, turned to gold. The sun, now high above the mountain’s rim, poured down upon the ruin.

Everything stood out in sharp, clear relief. Mariam saw the buildings of the city dark against the sun and she saw men on the walls. She saw the Ottoman columns pressed together in one great force and even saw the still faces of many who lay on the battlefield.

She knew that the Turks were about to charge again and her feeling of exultation passed. She no longer had any hope that the defenders of Van could beat back so many. She thought again how few, how very few, the Armenians were.

The silence endured but a moment or two. Then the Turks rushed forward in a mighty group at the low northern wall, the front lines firing as they went. Flame burst from the wall and Mariam heard once more the deadly crack of the Armenian rifles. The ground was littered with Ottoman dead, but, driven by fear and their officers, they pressed on.

Mariam saw them reach the wall and scaling ladders swung high into the air. Scores of men swarmed up the ladders and over the wall. A heavy division forced its way through the city’s front gates and as Mariam saw this she uttered a deep groan. She knew that Van was doomed. And the Turks knew it, too; shouts burst from the army.

“We have them! We have them!” cried Jevdet Bey, exultant and excited once more.

Sheets of flame burst from Van, rifles poured bullets down on the swarming Ottoman troops, but the breach had been made. The Turks went over the low wall in an unbroken stream and they crowded through the ruined gates by hundreds. They were inside now, rushing upon the little garrison. They seized the Armenian cannons, cutting down the gunners with rifles and sabers and then turned the captured weapons upon the defenders.

Many of the buildings inside the Armenian Quarters were of wood and these were soon shattered by the cannon balls. The Armenians, covered with smoke and dust and the sweat of battle, were forced back by the press of numbers into the main square and then into the church and hospital.

The smoke rose far above the mountains and caught by a light wind drifted away to the east. The Ottoman generals brought up fresh forces and drove them at Van. A heavy column, attacking on the south side, where no defenders were now left, managed to pull down a section of the ancient wall using grappling irons and horses.

Somewhere in there, Mariam knew, Pypina Rabinovich and Avietissian and Pashaian, their faces all black with gun powder, were using their rifles like clubs in a world seething with fire and smoke.

The Turks, pressing forward in dense masses, poured in cannon balls and rifle shot at every opening. Half the Armenian defenders were gone and within that raging inferno they could hardly see one another for the smoke.

It was five o’clock in the afternoon and Van had fallen. The defenders were less than a hundred and fifty and they had died to the last. A messenger rushed away at once to Jevdet Bey with the news of the triumph. The Bey came from the shelter elated and crying that he had destroyed the Armenians.

The shooting had stopped save for the odd rifle shot. As in a daze Mariam felt herself being pushed forward. Jevdet Bey, his generals, even the guards assigned to guard the lone Armenian woman, all rushed forward. They passed through the shattered gates and Mariam stumbled, aghast. The Ottoman dead, not yet picked up, were strewn everywhere. They had fallen in dozens. The nearer buildings were smashed by cannon balls and shells. The earth was cratered and torn. Smoke from so much firing drifted about in banks and clouds and gave forth the pungent odor of burned gunpowder and burning flesh.

She was not noticed in the excitement. Jevdet Bey and his generals were running into the church and she followed them. Here she saw the Armenian dead and she saw also a curious crowd standing around a fallen form. It was Pypina Rabinovich, lying upon his back, his body pierced by many wounds.

Mariam made no attempt to escape. She knew that she might go about as she chose in this crowd of soldiers, a single woman in a riot of disarray. She wandered out of the church where the curious still crowded. Many soldiers simply milled about, wishing to see the terrible Armenians who lay as they had fallen. Some spoke scornful words, but most regarded them with awe. Mariam looked back at Pypina
Rabinovich through the church door and a hand touched her on the shoulder. It was Ivedik.

“Where are your Armenians now?” he asked.

“They are gone,” replied Mariam, “but they will never be forgotten.”

“I suppose,” said the Ottoman thoughtfully. “The history books might make a footnote of this, but I doubt it. In a hundred years time who will remember the name of this one?” and he pointed at Pypina
Rabinovich, “who swung his rifle like a club so fiercely that none dared come within his reach so I shot him.”

“You?” exclaimed Mariam.

“Yes, I! Why should I not? I fired two pistol bullets into him and he fell.”

He spoke with pride.

“The great Bey, engrossed in much more important matters, has doubtless forgotten all about you,” continued the Ottoman, “but I will see that you do not escape. Why he spares you I do not know, but it is his wish and his wish is law.”

He called to two soldiers whom he detailed to follow Mariam and see that she made no attempt to escape. The woman was yet so deeply absorbed in the ruin about her that no room was left in her mind for anything else. Nor did she care to talk further with Ivedik so she remained in the crowd until Jevdet Bey ordered that all but the troops be cleared from Quarters.

Dusk was falling as she walked gloomily toward the camp, the two soldiers who had been detailed as guards following close behind her. Her mind raged against everything, against the cruelty of Jevdet Bey, who had allowed so many brave women and men to perish and against the overwhelming numbers that the Turks could always bring against the Armenians. She looked back, saw the heavy bank of smoke hang over the city, shuddered and walked on.

The effects of the great calamity remained with her. She was on the battle line, she saw what they had done. She resolved that now that it was her time to escape and in the great turmoil caused by the excitement and rejoicing she by the Ottoman troops did not believe that it would be difficult.

Finally the Turks had something to celebrate over. Defeat after defeat had followed the Ottoman army everywhere they had gone. They lost heavily at the Battle of Kara Killisse, Koprukoy and Sarikamish. They had been humiliated during the Gallipoli Campaign and the Suez Offensives. They had started with nearly a 900,000 strong army and now they were reduced down to almost 60,000. The Battles of Gaza had been an utter defeat. So had the Battle of Magdhaba, Rafa, Mughar Ridge, Jerusalem and the Fall of Damascus. But now the terrible Armenians of Van were gone, annihilated and Jevdet Bey was responsible for it all. One more step toward the Young Turks’ dream for a Pan-Turkish empire to be realized.

All around them bonfires sprang to life. Men were cheering and laughing, dancing and recounting their exploits from earlier that day. Mariam watched the two young men guarding her. The three of them stood on the edge of the firelight, the Turks clapping hands in time with the singing. One officer was in the center of the crowd, dancing and kicking in a parody of the Russian Kozachok dance. Just as the crowd burst out cheering Mariam turned and rushed into the dark.

The men cried out behind her but whether it was that none around the fire noticed or simply failed to care it was a good thirty seconds or more of running and dodging behind and around tents before Mariam could hear any pursuit at all and then it was just the two young guards and no one more.

Crouching in the dark she paused to listen and she heard the two soldiers muttering and breathing heavily nearby. They complained loudly about having to be deprived of their part in the festival to follow up a woman and an Armenian? Even if she escaped now, one said, the great, the illustrious Jevdet Bey would capture her later on when he swept all the few and scattered Armenians into his trap.

Mariam went from tent to tent, occasionally she heard her pursuers slouching along and grumbling. Finally she entered one that seemed quiet and deserted. It had been a make-shift hospital during the siege and was filled with cot after cot of dead Ottoman soldiers. Rigamortis had set in one many and the cast dim ghastly silhouettes against the fabric of the tent. Without pause Mariam lay down and rolled under one of the nearest cots.

The man had apparently bled heavily in the end since the cot’s canvas and the ground under it were dried and caked with blood. The body sagged heavily inches above her face. She held her breath and listened.

Mariam knew that if the soldiers came into the tent they would find her, but she relied upon their fear of the dead and their lack of zeal. She heard them once tramping about nearby and then she heard nothing more.

Mariam remained all the rest of the afternoon in the tent, not daring to leave her cramped position under the cot. Now and then celebratory shouts came from the dark. The Turks of the fallen House of Omen were disturbed little by the great numbers of their fellow soldiers who had fallen at Van.

Mariam afterward thought that she must have slept a little toward twilight, but she was never sure of it. she saw the sun set; the gray and silent Van sink away into the darkness. Then she slipped from the roof, anxious to be away before the camp was illuminated. She had no difficulty at all in passing unnoticed through the dark and she made her way straight for Van.

She was reckoning very shrewdly now. Mariam knew that the superstitious Turks would avoid the ruined part of the city at night as a place thronged with new ghosts, with devils that killings always brought, with Al Basti, the Red Mother, who visited the guilty in their dreams. Jevdet Bey would not need to post any guard within the walls. She would pass through the enclosures, then over the lower walls and roadblocks by which the Turks had entered and then into the darkness beyond.

It seemed to her the best road to escape but it was with misery and fear that she entered Van and looked about. The bloodstained and bodies still lay everywhere. In a recess of the church which had been used as a little storage place by herself and Pypina Rabinovich she found an excellent rifle of the long-barreled design and a bandolier full of bullets. She crossed the empty main square, dropped over the low wall and quickly disappeared in the dusk.

Mariam scarcely knew in what direction she was going, but she was anxious to get away. As she hurried along, the horror still upon her, the thought of vengeance swelled into a passion. The Armenians must strike back for what had been done in Van. Surely all would come when they heard the news that she was bringing.

She believed that the Armenians being forced out of the empire would be toward the south or the southeast, in Der Zor or east in Yerevan or some other place. She would find them and liberate them as soon as she could. She slackened her pace to a walk. She was too good a mountain guide now to exhaust herself when she had so far to go.

three imaginary boys

28 Monday Jan 2013

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, Poetry, sonnet, story

≈ Comments Off on three imaginary boys

Tags

boy-on-boy, erotic blasphemes, Harajuku boy, homoerotic, plastic toy, Riko, Sen, sex demon, sonnet, story, The Cure, three imaginary boys, Yuudai

 

1.
“Where are we going?” Sen asked. “Somewhere new.”
Yuudai pulled him along. Sen looked over
his left shoulder at the shadows that grew
down the street, the broken streetlamp. Litter
blew this way and that. But, to Sen’s surprise,
Yuudai pressed on. Weird kid, he thought. Before
long, though, he was lost; didn’t recognize
the streets. Soft, a snatch of song by The Cure
came to him. “Hey,” he called, “where is this place?
Is it close?” “Hai.”
The night was deserted.
Sen kicked trash out of the way. The boy’s face
glowed. “I am still tripping from his acid,”
he thought. “Speed and weed and all those small sins.
May rot lead us to where the fun begins.”

2.
A line. Souls at the door. Sen heard thunder;
a dark music. “Follow me,” said Yuudai,
skipping the queue, waving at the bouncer.
The club was a wall of noise; a DJ
booth took up the stage. Between laser beams
bodies were milling, dancing, cavorting;
shadows making erotic blasphemes
on the dance floor. Boots, top hats, billowing
skirts. A mess of leather, makeup, hair dye,
metal studs, fetish gear, body art. Sen
was stunned. “Do you like it?” He nodded. “Hai.”
“Let’s have fun” — and the boy vanished within,
leaving Sen to shiver with an odd chill;
the way perfume left behind haunts us still.

3.
Sen was pushed back and forth by the crushing
mass of bodies. Halfway through the packed throng
he stopped, leaning against the wall, closing
his eyes, listening to the pulsing song.
Hollow vocals sounding disconnected.
Lost. All alone. He blinked and realized
he’d been standing there a while. A putrid
stench, a waft, hung in the air. It surprised
him that he could smell anything at all.
He went to the bar, looking for Yuudai.
Had he really lost him? His menthol
cigarette sputtered, the coal turning gray.
“Bela Lugosi’s dead,” a touch of dread
as the song keened, “undead, undead, undead.”

4.
Sen touched the arm of a boy sitting next
to him. “Moshi-moshi, can you help me?
I am trying to find –”
If Sen felt vexed
about Yuudai it passed; his mood lewdly
changed the moment this new boy turned around.
“You,” he said. “I’m looking for you.” “You’re hot.”
Sen blushed, as if it were the most profound
thing he had ever heard. Fuck me, he thought.
The boy handed him a drink. “I’m Riko.”
he purred, “and tonight you shall be my whore.”
“I hope so.” “I know so.”
The boy’s afro
and dress made him Guro: innocent gore.
Sen had a taste for Harajuku boys;
androgynous beauty, like plastic toys.

5.
They called it the “Broken Doll” look that year.
“Guro Lolita.” The problem, Sen thought,
was his makeup; lathered from ear to ear,
Riko’s face looked as blank as a robot;
a mask behind the thinly painted lines
of his black lips and eyebrows. “Been here long?”
“A long time.” The boy smiled, flashing canines
in the dark; singing along with the song
that filled the air. They grinned at each other
over the music. “Do you want to dance?”
The night seethed around them with its odor
of lust, of rot, leaving Sen in a trance.
He licked his lips as if the meat were fresh.
Tonight he would consume this strange boy’s flesh.

6.
Dancers swirled around, as if they would drown
in a sea of bodies. Sen felt Riko
grind up rudely against him, up and down.
Midnight passed. He was exhausted, his slow
shuffle dance, now out of sync with the song
shaking the room. Something smelled of decay.
“I need to sit,” he said. Something was wrong.
But what? The two odd boys shambled their way
back to the bar. Drink followed drink. Sen’s head
hurt. He swayed. Riko linked his arms with Sen’s.
“I’m drunk. How is this going to end?” Sen said.
Riko smiled: “I’ll show you how it begins;
with a kiss that knows both lust and anguish;
it starts with two lover boys and a wish.”

7.
In a green haze Sen let himself be led.
They passed a lounge where a crowd of shadows
circled a table. “Wuzz all that?” Sen said.
“Nothing, pet.” A smile flit across Riko’s
painted-on lips. “Nothing you need to fret
about yet.” “Where are we?”
Sen glanced, red-eyed,
around the foul men’s room. “Do not forget
what I am about to give you.”
Sen’s pride
and joy flopped limply in the boy’s cold grasp.
“Tsk, aren’t you called Sin?” Riko smirked, “frightened
to try something new?”
Sen gave a small gasp
as his cock, in those gray fingers, thickened
as grave cold lips — “Bela Lugosi’s dead” —
drained him until the victim had been bled.

the statue of a crimsoned succubus

08 Wednesday Aug 2012

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, Feminism, story

≈ Comments Off on the statue of a crimsoned succubus

Tags

Buddha, crimson, ghost, historic, Japan, Lady Leiko, masturbation, Mistress Fuyu, Nagasaki, Onna bugeisha, sculptress, story, succubus

the statue of a crimsoned succubus

In a large room of an artist’s studio, somewhere lost within one of the many suburbs of Kyoto, a boy watched an older woman, red paint up to her elbows, in the act of crimsoning a succubus.

The studio looked out on the courtyard which the building itself was built around. The sun, at that moment overhead, blazed down upon the mossy wet vines that clung to the brick work, sending their red reflections glowing into all the sombre nooks of the work room.

The succubus, rudely cut from lecher’s wood, rested at ease upon her tail, her curled-ram horns pressed against the wall, her legs obscenely sprawled open. The sculptress sat before her creation on a low stool, hard at work. The silent boy sat nearby, gazing fondly at both.

On the table in front of the open window stood a row of Oni, rough mountain demons, modeled from river-bed clay. Beside that project were piles of washi parchment covered with drawings in the woman’s own hand, done in blues and reds. By the door a figure of Inari, the trickster fox god of rice, sake and prosperity, sat upon its haunches, a sacred minashigo key hanging from its mouth.

The woman was dressed in simple browns, she had a round, dark face and straight black hair. From the globs of scarlet-red paint spread out at her feet she carefully, with only her fingertips as tools, crimsoned the succubus into life. The effect was less of a statue being given a second skin with an ox-tail brush; rather, it was as if life was slowly seeping through the cold dark hues of the wood through the miraculous use of the succubus’ own menstrual blood. From her thighs on down she appeared to have spurted and spouted sticky rivulets that coated her goat-legs; while, from her navel upwards, the artist’s red-soaked fingerprints could be seen upon the naked wood, fondling each intrinsically carved breast, the thick neck, the bulbous lips.

Once in a while the woman would say the boy’s name, “Shijo;” but it had less to do with starting a conversation and more in a childish, sing-song voice, as if his name were precious to her and she simply enjoyed saying it for the sake of hearing the syllables roll off her tongue. Whenever she did say it, though, the boy would look up from whatever he was doing and smile to himself. He was use to her moods, had seen all of them in the last two years. She was having a mood right at that moment. He could tell. The studio was utterly silent, a perfect hush enhanced by the heat of a noonday sun beating down. Presently the woman rose, crossed to the window, her arms sticky with paint and looked out into the heat.

From where she stood she could see the sparse flowers edging the neglected pathway, the building opposite her with its broken windows, the scandalmongering vines climbing up the tiled roof that cut the violet-blue of a July sky into fragments.

In the center of the courtyard was an ancient, dry fountain; some tall red sayuri lilies grew there, the pure cherry of their hearts bright as the paint the woman had been applying to the succubus reclining wantonly behind her.

The boy stood and walked to stand behind the woman, to see what had caught her attention. The sculptress rested her elbows on the sill, it was so hot that she felt it burning through the paint that was quickly drying on her hands. She had the air of one routinely use to being by herself, the unquestioned calm that arose from a life of long silences. Her face was reserved, even sombre; her lips, well shaped but pale, were resolutely set; there was a fine curve of strength to her chin. She had wide, black brows, smooth dark skin, nebulous mahogany eyes. Her throat was full, she had the sort of muscles sculptors called beautiful.

After a time of gazing at the sun-burned garden she turned back into the room. Standing in the center of the studio, with her teeth worrying her red middle finger, she looked questioningly at the half-crimson succubus. The boy smiled, waiting patiently to see what she finally would say. Some times it would take her hours to form a single comment, but they were observations he always found endlessly interesting. Instead, with a sigh, she took a curiously wrought key from her belt, swung it about in her fingers and left the room.

The building was built without connecting corridors or passages. Each room opened onto another, the upper ones were reached by short wooden staircase built against one of the outer walls. There were many apartments on the second floor, each one boasting imperial designs from at least fifty to sixty years ago. As with all the windows on the first floor, the ones on the second were set facing the old courtyard.

Many queer and exquisite objects could be seen in those long deserted rooms; carved chests full of Korean silver; paintings from China full of erotic terror; furniture made by long-forgotten hands. In one chamber hung several gold-silk tapestries depicting the Eight Devils of Kimon, all done in shades of ruddy brown. As she walked lightly from one room to the next her footsteps caused little clouds of dust to billow up, marking her slow passage.

Passing these things without a glance the woman unlocked a door on whose rusty hinges it took all her strength simply to turn. It was a store-room, one lit only by one low window looking down upon the street. Like everything else in the building, it too was full of dust as well as a sallow, moldy odor. About the floor lay many bound-chests, untouched and before one of these the woman knelt, fiddling with the lock.

The smell of rust filled her nose as the lid swung open. The chest contained a number of cut gemstones. She selected two of more or less equal size, each a crystal pink in hue. Then, after locking the old door behind her, she silently made her way back from where she had come, returning to her studio. When she saw the hollow eye-sockets of the succubus, she placed what looked like living liquid fire into the wooden skull. Watching her statue’s eyes sparkle she finally relaxed, standing for a long while contemplating her handiwork. Finally she washed her hands and arms, putting away her orphic paints.

By then the sun had changed position as it crept across the room, casting hot brindled shadows, cast from the dappled vines hanging from the window eaves over the river-clay Oni, dazzling the colors in Inari’s psychedelic robe.

For the second time that day the woman left the room, venturing into the hall, opening the door that exited upon the street. She shaded her eyes, gazed across the July dazzle, the shadow of her slack, slim figure was cast into the square of hot sunlight issuing from across the hallway and through the open door.

It had been almost two years since the Siege of Kyoto. The section where her studio stood had been devastated. Now, newer suburbs were being built, but that left her neighborhood’s ruins neglected. It was hard for her to imagine a city as vast as Kyoto containing ghost towns, but wasn’t that what this was? She looked at the barren market-place, surrounded by abandoned buildings. Everything was falling into decay. Beyond those shells she could spy the squat roof of the local Shinto shrine jutting upwards across the scarlet sky. Brown grass grew between broken cobbles. There was not a soul in sight.

Under the rusted iron bell that hung against the door beam to her building hung a basket. Her mysterious patron had been by it seemed. She fished out of it bread, a flask of plum sake, some old vegetables wrapped in a linen cloth. The sculptress took these with her and closed the door upon the outer world.

Carrying her loot back in her arms, she crossed the hallway and came out into the opposite end of the courtyard. The tall red sayuri lilies seemed to be nodding their heads to her, as if the two of them were in on a secret no one else knew. Entering by a door next to the fountain the woman found herself in her workshop once more.

Setting her load down on a corner of her work table, the woman proceeded to prepare her meal. Above the wide tiled hearth hung a metal chain and attached to that was an iron pot. She lit a fire under the pot, filled it with water, then put the vegetables in. Then she took down a heavily bound book from off a shelf. Bending over it, huddled on a stool, she began to read.

It was a book filled with drawings — strange, horrible, erotic artwork — as well as curious stories that had been written in a black-blue scrawl. As the woman read she uncrossed her legs and her face grew hot. She flushed while resting her cheek on one hand, turning pages with the other. The heavy volume felt cumbrous on her knees. Not once did she look up but with parted lips pored over the midnight-blue drawings.

Outside the vines curled against the sun-kissed brick, the empty sky looked down upon the dry fountain, it burned the dead grass, the tall red sayuri lilies. The sun sank on the other side of the building, still the woman read on. The flames leaped on the hearth, the vegetables seethed in the pot unheeded.

All alone the woman leaned back on one elbow looking at the drawings. She reached down with her free hand and raised the hem of her kimono, revealing the cotton thong of a man’s fundoshi that she was in the habit of wearing. She ran one long fingertip along the front of her cunt and moaned. She looked up at the window and then back at the book, an anthology called “Kinoe no Komatsu / Languishing for Love”. She let her knees fall open wider and pulled the crotch of her fundoshi to one side as she turned the page. The glorious mound of her pubic hair was already wet and sticky. She plunged two-fingers inside her girl-lips and began to grind, leaving a wet cum-smear on the stool’s seat.

The woman groaned. There it was, the famous print known as “Dream of the Fisherman’s Wife” a prime example of the “aesthetic of the grotesque” in the erotic age of Hokusai. The body of a woman, head thrown back in either carnal abandonment, or drowned and swaying this way and that in the inky green water, allowing Tako no Kami, the octopus god, access to her cunt. It was a curious new form of 8-tentacle “kun’niringusu,” as the Kyoto poets once called the ancient art of clit licking. Her fingers plunged in-and-out of her soaked pussy.

“I’m going to cum–”

The woman’s eyes were screwed tight, her mind lost in the approaching orgasm. She was finger fucking herself so red-hot and hard that her tiny breasts under her kimono were shaking. She knew exactly how that fisherman’s wife felt; she’d fuck a devil-god if the opportunity presented itself. That need to be filled up with something otherworldly, that need to cum all over something impossibly hard.

“O! O! O!”

She was making soundless noises now, feeling the wave over take her. She slipped a third finger into her cunt as she brought herself to the brink. Closer — harder — closer — faster — clo–

With that, without warning, a heavy clang from her old rusted doorbell broke the spell. The woman dropped the book, sprang to her feet, gazing in horror and bewilderment, one hand still buried between her legs as the long awaited orgasm … faded away.

Again the bell sounded.

She picked up the book, put it back on the shelf, licked her fingers, feeling ambivalent.

For a third time the iron clang, insistent, impatient, breaking her quiet once and for all.

The woman frowned while readjusting her clothes, pushing back her hair from her sweaty forehead, fingered her clit through the fabric of her fundoshi, then went, with cautious steps, across the courtyard once more, back through the dark hall and up to the door. For a second she hesitated — was it really worth it? — then drew back the bolt and threw open the door to world outside.

A woman stood waiting for her.

She was younger than the sculptress, but not greatly, gorgeously attired, a lady no doubt from the emperor’s inner court. A concubine? No, a warrior, even though her carefully pleated and folded dress was stunning. Her coiffure was just as stylized, with not a hair out of place.

“You cannot want me,” the sculptress finally said, surveying the stranger for a couple of moments. “And there is no one else here. Sayonara.”

“If you are Mistress Fuyu Tsukiko,” the splendidly-dressed stranger answered, “then I certainly do want you.”

“Want me?” The sculptress opened the door a little wider. “I am Fuyu Tsukiko, but I do not know you.”

“Perhaps,” the other answered. “But I have questions that only you can answer. I am Lady Leiko of Nagasaki.”

“Leiko of Nagasaki!” repeated Fuyu softly. Then, as if she had come to a conclusion, she stood aside, motioning for the lady to enter. When she had passed into the hallway she carefully bolted the door, then turned to her with a grave expression.

“Will you follow me, my lady?” she said, walking before Leiko to her studio.

The sun had left the room by that time, but the air was still bathed in a reddish warmth. There was a sense of great heat that lay trapped in the ancient bricks and grass.

Fuyu Tsukiko offered a seat to her guest, who accepted in silence.

“You must wait until the supper is prepared,” she said. With that she placed herself on the stool by the pot, stirring its contents with an iron spoon, openly studying the woman.

The material of Leiko’s semitransparent kimono did nothing much to hide her curves, although most were hidden by layers of silk. Her beauty mesmerized Fuyu until she forgot for a moment what she was suppose to do.

Leiko, for her part, returned Mistress Fuyu Tsukiko’s steady gaze.

“You have heard of me?” she said suddenly.

“Yes,” was the instant answer.

“Then you know what I am here for?”

“Perhaps,” said Mistress Fuyu, frowning.

Leiko turned and stared at the half-crimson succubus with great interest, even, Fuyu mused, a little fear.

“My mother is the Lady Miyuki of Nagasaki,” Leiko finally answered in a manner one might have called arrogant. “The Emperor made me a warrior, an Onna bugeisha, when I was fifteen. Now I am tired of Nagasaki life, of castle life, of my mother. So I have taken to the road.”

Mistress Fuyu lifted the iron pot from the fire to the hearth.

“The road to where?” the sculptress asked.

Leiko made a large gesture with her hands.

“To wherever the road leads.”

“As an Onna bugeisha?” asked Mistress Fuyu.

Leiko tossed her fine head.

“As a former Onna bugeisha. Now I have other ambitions.”

Mistress Fuyu smiled, moving about, setting the food ready. She placed the little clay Oni on the window-sill; flung, without any ado, her drawings, paints and brushes onto the floor.

A queer silence fell on the room. The host did not seem to encourage comment. The atmosphere was not conducive to talk. Fuyu opened a cabinet in the wall, took out an elegant cloth that she laid smoothly on the rough table. Then she set on it earthenware dishes, honey in a clay jar, flushed pears cut thin, rice cakes in a plaited basket, steamed cabbage, radishes fragrantly pickled, the bottle of plum sake.

“Does anyone else live here with you?” Leiko asked at one point.

“I live by myself. I have no desire for company. I take pleasure in my work alone. Sometimes people come to buy my art, usually one of my sculptures for their shrines, but of late very few.”

“You are a good artisan, then?” asked Miyuki. “Who taught you?”

“Old Mistress Yoi, born in Higashimurayama village, taught in Edo. When she died she left me this building.”

Again the room sank into silence. Shadows crept about.

Leiko ate everything put in front of her. Fuyu, on the other hand, seated next to the window, rested her chin on her palm, stared out at the bright and fading orange sky, then at the broken windows, then at the sayuri lilies waving about the dry fountain. She ate very little. After a while the lady asked, almost shamelessly, for some of the sake. The sculptress rose and brought a sake cup to her.

“Why have you come here?” Fuyu inquired, placing the bottle before Leiko.

Leiko laughed easily.

“I am married,” she said, as an explanation, lifting her cup to her lips. At that Mistress Fuyu frowned.

“There are a lot of married people in this world.”

Leiko surveyed the mysterious swirling liqueur through half-closed eyes.

“It is about my husband, O my host; that is why I am here.”

Fuyu Tsukiko leaned back in her chair.

“Yes, I have known your husband.”

“Really? Please, tell me about him,” Leiko of Nagasaki requested. “I have come here for that story.”

Fuyu smiled slightly.

“But why would I know anything more about him than his own wife?”

Leiko flushed.

“Perhaps. Perhaps. But never mind, go on, what do you know? Tell me.”

Fuyu’s smile deepened.

“He was the only son of the Lady of Kobayashi, he hid himself at the cloister of the Red Brotherhood in Kyoto to avoid having to marry you.”

“I see you know that,” said Leiko. “What else?”

“Since you wish for me to tell you about your own life, listen to what I have to say, my lady.”

Fuyu spoke with an uninterested tone, staring the entire time out of the window.

“He desired, I think, to become one of the Order of the Red Brotherhood. But when he was fifteen his elder brother died, thus he became your mother-in-law’s only heir. Many families wished to align themselves with her, but in the end they agreed for him to marry you.”

“Without my wish or consent,” Leiko added, refilling her sake cup.

Fuyu simply shrugged.

“The feelings seem to be mutual. Your husband, who wished most passionately, I am told, to become a priest, fell ill with grief. In his despair he confided his misery to a local miko, a temple maiden, who lived in his neighborhood.”

Leiko’s eyes flickered, hardened behind their long lashes.

“Your husband was to be heir to a great fortune,” said Fuyu, “but it was through this miko that he became introduced to the Brothers. In his fear of marriage he promised them all his inheritance if they would save him from his mother’s iron will. So the priests, tempted by greed, spread the rumor that he had died. There was even a fake funeral and he was kept secret in the city’s cloister, dressed as an initiate. All this was put into writing, documented by the priests, so that there would be no doubt when the boy returned from the dead, as it were, looking for his inheritance once his mother had died.”

“Yes. I was glad to hear that he had died, at least at the time,” said Leiko. “For by that time I loved another and there is no honor in behavior like that, husband or no.”

“He lived for a year among the priests,” Fuyu Tsukiko went on. “But his life became bitter. He wanted to escape, I believe, yet he could not make himself known to his mother for then it would become known that not only had he lied about this death but that he had promised the priests everything.”

“Go on.”

“Is there more?”

“You know there is.”

“So, as life became more and more horrible for your husband he found a way to send a letter to his widow.”

“Yes. I have it here.” Leiko touched her breast. “He told me all about his dishonesty, begged forgiveness,” she laughed. “He asked me to come rescue him.”

Fuyu crossed her long hands upon the table. There was still red paint under her nails.

“But you … but you did not rescue him, though. You did not even answer his letter.”

“No, I did not rescue him. His mother had taken another husband, she now had a new son to inherit everything.” Leiko lowered her eyes moodily, “I was occupied, in love with a … dairy fairy. Plus, he had lied, my little foolish husband: to Buddha, to me, to the world. ‘It will be poetic justice,’ I thought. ‘For him to suffer as I once suffered’.”

“He waited for months for your answer,” stated Mistress Fuyu flatly. “Finally he fled from the cloister to here, to this very building. Again he wrote to his wife and again she did not answer. That was two years ago.”

“Did the priests make no attempts to search for him?” asked Leiko.

“By that time they knew that the boy was heir to nothing. They were afraid that the tale might reach the ears of the shogun and there might be … repercussions. But did it matter? Around that time the usurper, Tokugawa, lay Kyoto under siege and everyone suddenly had other things to worry about.”

“Indeed. Had it not been that I was required to help mount a defense of the city I might gotten here sooner,” explained Leiko. “But I was occupied with fighting.”

“The cloister was destroyed, the brothers murdered or fled into exile,” continued Fuyu. “The boy lived here, learning many crafts from Old Mistress Yoi. She had no apprentices but the two of us.”

Leiko leaned back in her chair.

“That much I have learned. That the old woman, dying, left her place to you. What did she leave to my husband?”

Fuyu gave her a long, unblinking stare and then turned back to the window.

“It is not strange that you are here, now? You, Leiko of Nagasaki, after all this time, inquiring about your husband.”

“A woman must know how she is loaded down with other people’s responsibilities. As it turns out only you and I know that he had an existence of any sort after he faked his death. He might be a fool but he is still my husband.”

Dusk — hot, blood-red — had fallen on the chamber. The half-crimsoned succubus gleamed dully, the wet lips of her cunt spread vulgarly before the two women. Lady Leiko of Nagasaki felt a little chill pass through her, despite the heat, a little sullen chill, but she waited to see what the older woman had to say.

The sculptress rested her smooth pale face on her palm, her mahogany eyes were hardly discernible in the twilight, but the shadow of her lips moved when she spoke.

“Shijo died two years ago,” she said. “His grave is in the garden, next to the fountain, where those red sayuri lilies grow.”

trespassing upon dreamland

03 Friday Aug 2012

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, Feminism, Lilith, story

≈ Comments Off on trespassing upon dreamland

Tags

Bulldagger Blues, cunnilingus, Dreamland, Gladys Bentley, Lilith, Lucille Bogan, Ma Rainey, Mother of a Mixed Multitude, Prove It On Me Blues, story, Tallulah Bankhead

In Arcadia Damian Dastagna consumed his breakfast in the breakfast-nook with a warm, congenial feel of a man sure of victory. He loved victories and though he was scarcely what one might call a hard-boiled chap by dint of habit, he saw himself as a master of fisticuffs against the evils of life. There were certainly evils enough in the world. Wickedness. Vice. Sin. He often bragged about how he could twist fickle Fate this way or that, all through marvelous cunning on his part. Just now, for example, Damian felt that he had brought about his hardest, no doubt his loftiest, struggle for a beneficial and economic future to a close. To have married Claudine Nicholas, “Creepy Claudine,” as her more intimate friends called her, in the howling storm of hostility that her family had flung up at him — all this in spite of her unaffected indifference to men — was indeed an accomplishment that had required more than a bit of pluck and daring-do on his part. He had pried his new wife away from the City, with its salons and speakeasies, away from all her “gay flapper” friends — odd girls and twilight lovers the lot of them, as far as Damian was concerned — and out to a remote farmhouse-estate called Arcadia.

It was more than just any farmhouse, however, it had been in the Nicholas dynasty as a summer residence for over a hundred years.

“… and you will never get Claudine to go anywhere but there,” old man Nicholas had said when his much despised son-in-law had inquired. “Arcadia’s roots grow deep inside her, even more than the City could ever hope for. One can understand what holds her to Arcadia, but the City?” the old man had simply shrugged his shoulders as if he knew nothing about Roaring Twenties, cocaine or flappers.

“Vice is nice,” Damian thought, but wisely he kept those thoughts to himself.

The truth of the matter was, however, that there was something about the farm and its rolling, heavily wooded hills that unnerved Damian. His grandmother would have said that there was a witching — a savage wildness — about Arcadia that would certainly not appeal to stuffy Nantucket tastes. Damian looked down upon what he called “the countryside” in the same manner that certain gentlemen-bachelor friends of his would romanticize golf courses: a great way to get out into ol’ Mother Nature now and then but thank the Pope and the Holy Ghost that there were gates to keep all the undesirables out. Of late he had grown bored with the City, a feeling he had never known before. Perhaps it was because Claudine was known everywhere the couple went, and many places he was not allowed to go. Despite her reputation of being a little … “funny,” as his grandmother would have also said, he had found himself growing a tad bit jealous over her notoriety. She knew Lucille Bogan, Gladys Bentley and Tallulah Bankhead. She had even been in attendance at the legendary Clam House Club when Ma Rainey sang:

“I went out last night
with a crowd of my friends;
They must’ve been women,
’cause I don’t like no men.
It’s true I wear a collar and a tie,
I like to watch the women as they pass by…”

How was a husband to compete against that? He had watched with satisfaction, then, at the gradual fading in his wife’s eyes of what he called the “Bulldagger Blues” hunger as the hills, the heather and the orchards that made up the Arcadia estate all closed in around them as they bounced along in her splendid old Tin Lizzie, a T-Model Ford, hitting every pot hole in the bumpy roads.

Now, peering out the breakfast-nook window, munching his blackberry jam and toast he peered at a low hedge of uncared for fire-brand fuchsia, beyond that were steep slopes of heather and clover. Everywhere one looked bracken cascaded down into the dark. The buildings were constructed upon a series of cavernous, stone catacombs, none knew how old, now all overgrown with oak and ivy. Just the other day Damian had started reading a book written by some mad fellow from the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn that seemed to declare that Nature’s open savagery against mankind was a direct result of Man’s inability to understand and know all the horrors of unseen that surrounded him. Damian had said “poppycock!” at that and chucked the book out the bouncing car’s window. But now as he gazed at the landscape he shuddered and did not know why.

“It is very wild,” he said to Claudine, who had joined him, “one could almost suppose you might turn a corner and run into some ancient nightmare you read about in books, like that horrible old Pan, dancing away across the glen.”

“I don’t think Pan spends much time in upstate New York,” his wife had said in her soft, monotone voice.

“O well, too bad for him. I’m sure all those poor, daffy gods must have a devil of time in this market, since no one believes in them anymore.”

“Some do.”

“Hmm?”

There were times when it occurred to Damian that he had no idea who he had just married. Claudine Nicholas was at once emotionally removed from him and sexually adventurous, in equal measures. When they went out in public she wore her trademark tux and top hat and would lean in and touch his leg or arm as she talked to her friends, often sliding her hand right up his thigh and then across his crotch. Each time she did so, Damian’s misery and excitement deepened in equal measures. Sex with a woman was terrifying to him, but it was the sort of terror he never wanted to stop.

On the occasions when she talked directly at him she used terms like “sweet boy” and “my darling thing.” The first night they slept together she had him stand naked in front of her, while she, fully dressed, took long drags off her chrome and red hookah pipe and blew pink and blue opium clouds out from her nostrils, like a bullgod stamping his foot.

“You are rather embarrassed around me, aren’t you, my darling little thing?”

Damian could only look down at his semi-erect cock in shame. The good life had robbed him of much of his vitality. Fear, erotic excitement, shame and humiliation could be read in every line of his face.

As she had talked to him she reached out and stoked his naked cock, all seven and a half inches, feeling him harden at her touch while a crafty, small smile crossed her lips. Just once, a flash and then it was gone.

“You might be curious as to why I agreed to marry you,” she said. The opium in the air made everything feel like honey: sweet and slow. As a way of answering her own question, she said, “bow down.”

A moment later Damian found himself kneeling in front of his fiance. That night she had chosen to wear a slinky black sheath, a black feather headband and long pearl necklace. Damian was amazed at how easily she could transform herself, from a mysterious rogue to a gorgeous woman, all in a manner of minutes. Now her legs were slightly apart, her silk dress wide open. When Damian looked down his eyes grew wide at the sight of her splayed open cunt.

“Some do.”

“Some do what?”

“Worship.”

“Worship who?”

“Lilith, for example.”

“Who?”

“Lilith. The worship of Lilith never has died out,” Claudine said. “Perhaps newer gods get more attention, from time to time, but she is the One-Mother, the Ancient One, to whom all must come back to at last. What is Mother Mary but a celibate shadow of Lilith, dressed up in ugly robes?”

Damian was religious in that vaguely devotional kind of way; still, he did not like to hear his beliefs, or at least his friend’s beliefs, spoken about as being mere shadow puppets of something far bigger and darker.

“Say now, you don’t really believe in this Lilith person?” he asked, pettishly.

“Belief has very little to do with anything that happens in this world,” Claudine said, quietly, “but if you are a smart little boy you won’t ask too many silly questions while you reside in her domain.”

It was not a week later, when Damian had grown bored of the forest paths that made their way around Arcadia, he ventured out on a tour to inspect of the farm buildings. Farms suggested to his mind a scene of cheerful bumpkinly bustle, with milk churns and smiling busty dairymaids in low-cut dresses with ruffles and teams of Clydesdale horses pulling things and rustic yeomen looking like they had just stepped out of a Bruegel painting. Here, though, between the cadaverous buildings, there was nothing save the slatternly owls and the blowsy cobwebs. Nothing could be heard from behind the warped and stained doors. The shuttered windows appeared dead. The stables were empty of the restless stamping of horses. All the farmyard sounds were missing: no roosters preening themselves in the sun, no drifting falcon turning and turning in a widening gyre, no rasp of a saw, no muted hollo from some beast of burden.

“Curiouser and curiouser,” muttered Damian to himself, nervously.

The fact was, Damian was nervous. The world was full of small noises, weird songs and chatter and endless rustlings. He felt as if he were being watched, that same mocking hostility from unseen things that he felt lurking in the woods and the catacombs and the thickets. As he threaded his way past empty cowsheds and long blank walls, he started suddenly as a strange sound reached his ears. It was the echo of a girl’s laughter, sounding both golden and dark all at once. Damian paused, but he could neither figure out who or where the laughter, if indeed that was what it was, originated from. Later that evening when he asked Claudine about it she said that she knew of no other girls in the neighborhood, that it was probably some local rustic having fun at Damian’s expense. The memory of that echo, however, seemed to be one more indication that something queer and forbidding lurked in and about Arcadia.

During his days he was alone, for he saw very little of Claudine. She would go horse back riding with her friends when they came up from the City to visit. Whatever they did out in the woods seemed to swallow her up everyday from dawn until dusk. When she returned from her mysterious jaunts often she would be flushed and full of vigor. She would find her husband and then slide out of her riding trousers like a second skin.

“Pleasure me, my toy.”

That would be his cue to lean ever closer to the Y her legs formed, until she would take his head in her hands and guide him to her clit. Damian Dastagna might have been a wastrel in every sense of the word, but her knew his way around a girl’s nether regions. With tongue and fingers and nose and chin he would begin to lick and probe and taste and consume. Her cum would leave a shine across his chin. He delighted in her wetness and her scent, nibbling on her out-turned lips, tugging at her pink flesh gently.

“Take your time, boy of mine,” Claudine had said on their wedding night, “but makes sure you swallow all of my cum. I want you to beg for this. I want this to be your new craving.”

At times like these Damian was glad there were no servants in the house, for her moans and sighs, her screams and cries, shook the walls and once she got started they continued and continued, building from one orgasm up into another. At each her thighs and hands would grip Damian’s skull and then relax in a gush, only to tense up once more as the next orgasm washed over her.

One day, following the direction he had seen Claudine take earlier that morning, he came upon an open space in a lonely orchard, further shut in by huge oak trees that grew all around. In the center of this clearing stood a marble plinth on which sat a small, bronze figure of a naked woman. It appeared to have been modeled after the 19th century Decadence movement: one of her hands had dropped down past her hips to caress the top of her kinky patch of hair. Her legs were long, tapering away into goat hooves. The statue’s head was thrown back, eyes closed, her mouth frozen in an endless O of desire as she prepared for her flood-gates to burst just below the threshold of a god-like orgasm.

Studying it careful Damian could see that it was a beautiful piece of workmanship, but what it was doing in an abandoned orchard confused him so much that he almost didn’t notice the chalice and knife that had been placed as offerings at her feet. Was that … gold? Damian stepped up to the plinth and peered inside the large cup, staring for a long minute at what looked like congealed blood caked the concave rim. With a cry of disgust Damian knocked the offending item angrily from the pedestal. Even as his hand made contact with it a strange wind stirred itself up, rustling the trees overhead and he shuddered a second time and did not know why.

As he strolled slowly homeward he found himself on a lonely pathway he had never seen before, though, truth be told, all pathways in Arcadia were lonely. He did not know what had possessed him to touch the chalice. Still, the damage had been done. Suddenly he stopped; for, gazing out from a thick tangle of undergrowth, he saw that a girl’s face was scowling at him. It was a girl with an unearthly beauty: brown, exquisite, with mesmerizing black eyes. He stopped and stared. The girl’s angry expression did not change the longer he stood there.

“I say, hello?”

Damian felt his legs buckle a little. The girl opened her mouth as if to speak but at that moment, with a cry of dismay, he broke into a run and fled.

“I saw a girl in the wood today,” he told Claudine, later that evening, “brown-faced, rather beautiful, but an orphan, I think. An orphan or a gypsy, I suppose.”

“A gypsy?” Claudine echoed, “there aren’t any gypsies in upstate New York.”

“Then who is she?” asked Damian.

As Claudine appeared not to be interested in answering his question he shrugged his shoulders and began talking about his finding of the chalice and the statue.

“I suppose you know all about it,” he observed, “you and your bulldagger friends. It’s a harmless piece of tomfoolery, but what would people think if they knew of it?”

Instead of answering Claudine asked, “did you meddle with it in any way?”

“I, er, I knocked that cup away, sure,” Damian said, feebly, watching Claudine’s impassive face for a sign of annoyance. Then he added a second time, “it was simply disgusting. Blood? Whose blood was it?”

“I think you were very foolish to do that,” his wife simply said. “I’ve heard it said that the Mother of a Mixed Multitude is rather horrible to all those who molest her.”

“Molest?” cried Damian, a bit louder than he intended. “I did no such thing. Plus, all this talk about spooks and bugaboos is rot and stuff and nonsense!”

“All the same,” Claudine said in her soft, cold-eyed tone, “I would avoid the orchard if I were you.”

It was all rot and stuff and nonsense, of course, but in that lonely part of the world where unseen eyes were always watching and waiting, all Damian could feel was a gut-turning fear boiling away from deep inside of him.

“Er, Claudine,” Damian ventured, after a moment, “I think we will go back to the City … soon.”

His victory in separating her from her queer habits had not been as satisfying as he had so expected.

“We? I don’t think you will ever go back to the City,” Claudine said.

“Why?”

“O, just call it a feeling. Avoid the orchard from now on and I am sure nothing … bad will happen,” and she gave one of her unusual smiles, from which her got the nick-name of Creepy. It wasn’t so much a smile as rigamortis.

The next afternoon Damian walked upon a different path, following a clear, narrow track that faintly reflected the mottled sky; but wherever shadows fell from branches overhead he felt the world as dark and deserted. He felt blind. All around him nature was showing its secrets — silent meadows wide-spread, golden quiet flora, lofty kingdoms hidden among the leaves and hills — if only he knew how to read them. As he walked a change began slowly to declare itself. A bird cried suddenly, then was still. A light breeze sprang up and set the silver leaves and ivy to rustling.

Damian abruptly stopped, amazed, listening with an aroused intentness.

“What is it?” he wondered, his head turning this way and that. “So terrible and strange and new.”

He held his breath, unable to hear anything for several beats of his heart.

“No, is it passing overhead? It is fading, I shall lose it,” he moaned.

In silence Damian walked steadily on, breathless and transfixed, pushing through blossoms and scented undergrowth that led to where he did not know, until at last he stood in a little clearing of a improbable green. It was the orchard of the day before and as he stood there Damian felt suddenly a great fear fall upon him, a fear that turned his soul to sand, that bowed his head, that rooted his feet to the ground.

It was no panic terror, as his grandmother would say, but it was a fear nonetheless. A childish fear. A fear that all sexual creatures must face at the moment that they are transform from their vestal state into that of knowledge. Whatever was there, in front of him, had struck him and held him and, without seeing, he knew it could only mean that some terrible presence was very near.

There was a rustle all around him, the vague sound of a body pushing its way through the bracken, the slip-slush of finger fucking and trembling, he looked up, flushed and holding his breath for fear of what he might see. He looked into the very eyes of the First Mother; saw the backward sweep of her curved horns gleaming in the noon-day sun; saw the Babylonian nose between the sensual eyes that were looking down on him mockingly, while the puffy, full lips broke into that same half-smile, half-leer that his wife used when he said something especially funny. He saw the tawny muscles on her legs and the naked large, milky breasts tipped with ruby nipples. He saw the long supple fingers still sticky from self-pleasure and suddenly there fell a terrible noise upon the orchard — a woman in labor, a woman in pleasure — a cry that was both heavy and fertile and absolutely loathed to be interrupted. A noise which closed in around Damian and consumed him, the way water consumes a drowning man.

witch bone and the mongol queen

30 Monday Jul 2012

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, Feminism, story

≈ Comments Off on witch bone and the mongol queen

Tags

baatuun, Borte, China, dark magic, Fatima, Goddess of Plagues and Pestilence, Goddess of the Dead, hairy, Hsi Wang Mu, Kara-Khitan horsemen, Karakorum, Khutulun, Lady Linshui, lesbians, Meng Po, Mongols, Saru'sinul-tu, story, Taoist witch, Turakina, Turakina Katun, Witch Bone, woman warrior

A NOTE FROM THE AUTHOR:

Normally after I’ve finished a story I write a little introduction, musing about what inspired me to write it, or perhaps trying to explain certain words or phrases that were used. In any event, with this particular story my introduction was quickly spiraling out of control with the details about who 13th century Mongols were and so on. History lessons are lovely in theory, when you’re in school and not thinking about sex, but kills the mood in any other context. With that in mind I removed those notes and placed them at the end as an postscript. Here, though, is a summary of the characters for those who might find the Chinese and Mongolian names a wee bit confusing. Cheers!

CAST OF CHARACTERS:

Saru’sinul-tu — Young Mongol warrior from the now extinct Kara-Khitan tribe of Mongols. Her name means, “the lust that can only be found in the moonlight.”

Lady Linshui — Brilliant Chinese general and practitioner of Taoist dark magic during the Ming Dynasty. Her friends and foes alike call her the Witch Bone. It is her goal to conquer everything between the Yellow River to the Danube. The crumbling Mongol empire is the only thing standing in her way.

Turakina Khatun — Granddaughter of Genghis Khan on her mother’s side. The title Khatun is the female equivalent of the Khan. Her ferocity in battle has earned her the Persian nickname of, “Divooneh,” the Crazy or the Mad One.

Fatima — Borjigin Mongol, like her queen, Turakina. She is the younger woman’s tutor, bodyguard and lover. It is she who first witnesses Saru’sinul-tu during the Battle of Qaraqata.

Une-Khitay — Mongolian general and uncle to Saru’sinul-tu.

Une-Calada — The Mongolian general tasked with laying siege to Beijing.

Baatarsaikhan and Avtalyon — Cousins to Saru’sinul-tu.

General Hu Hua-Yong and General Jui Jy-Shou — Loyal Chinese generals under the command of Lady Linshui.

Ubaid al-Jayyani — Muslim warlord who, through political connections, holds the post of Taishi, a rank similar to that of a Grand Vizor.

* * *

CHAPTER 01:

[1301 A.D.]

The heat from sun’s rays quivered the air; a heat ignorant of the waters above the cloudless skies, a heat that blurred all far-flung objects alike. Across this kingdom of sand, camped around a small oasis of palms, lay a fire-cooled horde: Mongolian nomads, shepherds of the steppes. Naked bodies of men and women were stretched equally upon the ground in what little glinting shade they could find. It was Thursday on the southern edge of the Gobi desert, what the Chinese called the plains of Xi Xia.

These were more than nomads, however; they called themselves the Warriors of the Eternal Blue Sky, made up from various conquered Mongolian tribes that the Great Khan, Genghis, had brought under his control. Kara-Khitan women lay side by side with male shepherds from the Dorben clan. The Khurilar, the Uriankhat and the Khori Tumed rode along side with their once bitterest of enemies, the Ma’alikh-baya’ut. The air was full of the the musky odor of nutmeg and orange slices, sweat and horses, Damascus steel and drying blood. Genghis had united them and taught them the “three divine arts:” riding horses, shooting arrows and wrestling. On horseback they wore round caps of metal adorned with bands of wild animal pelts. The cloth of their deels, roughly made from flannel dyed, had once been dark in color but the sun bleached everything to a pale lilac. Oxen-hide shields hung against the palms with bows and cheerily painted quivers full of arrows lay by their side. On horseback they were the greatest riders in the world: indomitable in strength, fantastical in courage. Bu in the soul-sapping heat, however, even just resting in the shade, they had become slow, sweet, dazzled and dim. Little droplets of sweat covered necks and breasts, pendulous balls, thick round asses and wiry pubic hair.

Near the horde’s larger grove was a smaller one. In the center was a large tent, a ger, which had been recently erected. The exterior was made out of canvas, dyed a dark blue to keep the heat of the sun away. Around this tent all manners of slaves worked. Korean grooms rubbed down the coats of squat little ponies. A Berber cook, captured in a caravan raid, watched three Chinese eunuchs under his supervision prepare a feast.

Inside the ger the walls were hung with plum and gold silk. A carpet from the looms of Armenia covered the floor. On it were spread four chairs, on which sat the officers who would oversee that their raid into China was successful. Their commander was a man of some fifty years of age, the sort with a face that expressed both energy and resolution. He wore a plush, velvet hat symbolizing his rank, one that had an upturned brim with an embossed pointed top. A gold belt encircled his waist. On his feet were a pair of upturned boots that prevented him from slipping out of his stirrups during an impassioned battle charge. His named was Une-Khitay Khan and was at the time considered the greatest military strategist alive … the greatest male military strategist, that is.

Next to him sat his companions; two were young men, his nephews, dressed in outfits similar as to their uncle. The fourth member of the party was a teenage girl whose muscles, showing clearly beneath her skin, testified to a life of hard work and poverty.

Powerful as the Mongolian empire once had been, the events of the last few decades showed to all who cared to see that a life and death struggle with the Ming Dynasty was fast approaching. Genghis Khan had subdued China once, but now the conquering nation of Mongolia stood on the brink of collapse.

The girl, Saru’sinul-tu, niece of Une-Khitay, had been, from her earliest memories, trained by her uncle to survive. When she was ten years-old Une-Khitay took her with him on a campaign in Salji’ut steppes; there she had bathed in the frigid water from the melting runoff of snow up in the ice-clad hills. She had kept up with the rapid flight of the Khan’s horsemen, sent out in pursuit of the rebelling Qongrat tribes.

“It is not enough that we can trace our blood back to the Great Khan,” her uncle had often said. “There was a time when Kara-Khitan horsemen alone won our battles and subdued our foes. But today we are few and the Ming empire is vast. Beijing looms greater and more powerful year by year. That is why we must make every effort to show ourselves worthy of domination. That is why I mentioned of our queen, Turakina Katun, who, young as she is, is said to be the greatest woman in all of Mongolia.”

Saru’sinul-tu nodded. She was an apt student. She could wield the curved scimitar of a warrior. She could swim the coldest river; traverse long distances at the top speed; send an arrow with infallible aim to a target as the best of any Chinese archer could.

“The sun is going down, uncle,” the girl said, standing by the door of the ger, “the heat is slackening off.”

“If you say so, Saru’sinul-tu,” one of the younger men laughed, “I feel just as sweaty now as I ever have. This is the fifteenth time that you have been to the door in the last half hour. Your restlessness is driving us all crazy.”

“Avtalyon, dear,” the girl replied, laughing in turn. “It’s the first time we’re going to see the Forbidden City! I’m sure you are longing to test your bow and arrow on something other than Onggirat tribesmen.”

“It’ll be the first time we sacked the Forbidden City, you mean, Saru’sinul-tu,” the young man replied, “but the Chinese will not leave the fortress they call Jinyi until dawn so I’m well content to be quiet until then.”

“Your cousin is right, niece,” the general said, “impatience is not a virtue.”

“And yet brother Baatarsaikhan says nothing at all about that,” Avtalyon remarked, turning around to look at his cousin sitting next to him. “I bet during the five hours we’ve sat here that his thoughts have never once been on what the Witch Bone might or might not do.”

“That is true,” Baatarsaikhan said, speaking for the first time. “I am thinking of Mongolia, of the corruption and misrule that saps our strength.”

“It is best not to talk about that, Baatarsaikhan,” the general said, sternly. “The subject is a dangerous one; there are spies for the Taishi everywhere. To be denounced as hostile to our regent, even if he is a foreigner, is to be lost.”

“I know the risks,” the young man answered, rising from his chair and walking up and down the ger. “I know that so far all who have ventured to raise their voices against our new regent have disappeared. Yet, even if the dangers were ten times as great I cannot keep silent. What has Ubaid al-Jayyani gotten us into? His extravagance and corruption have drained imperial finances and paralyzed our army. The tribes of Uru’ut and Khurilar have been lost to us. Our allies in the Himalayas, Russia and India turn their backs in shame that so mighty an empire has sunk so low. How can a Borjigin who loves his ancestry remain silent?”

“All you speak of is true, Baatarsaikhan,” the general said, sighed, “though I should be flayed alive were it whispered outside the ger that I said so; but at present we can do nothing. Had the great Altan-Bolod lived, then I believe that he would have set himself to clean out the First Queen’s stables; but now no warrior living today could accomplish that. You know how every attempt at revolt against Ubaid al-Jayyani has failed; how our people have, again and again, been crushed into the dust just when victory seemed likely. No, Baatarsaikhan, we must suffer all of which you speak of until some hero arises, some leader and deliverer.”

Here the older man stood up as well, paused and then continued.

“I have hopes, great hopes,” he said, in an even lower voice, “that such a soul might be found in our queen, Turakina Khatun, who seems to possess all the genius, wisdom and military talent of our Great Khan. But hush. Let us speak of this no more. I suspect that even among my servants there are spies in league with Ubaid al-Jayyani.

There was silence in the ger. Saru’sinul-tu slumped down in her chair, for a time forgot even that the next day, or possibly the day after, they would be at the outskirts of Beijing. With the impulsiveness of youth and a fiery heart Saru’sinul-tu, naturally, inclined to the perspectives of her nephew, Baatarsaikhan, rather than to the more sober counsel of her uncle. She still burned with shame and anger as she heard the tales of disasters which had broken the sons and daughter of Temujin, making money their god, suffering their armies to become paupers, permitting the the nomadic people of the steppes to become servants to alien agents and lords. This was Taoist sorcery cast by far wiser and far seeing foes than anything Genghis Khan could even dream about.

As evening closed in the stir in the neighboring camp aroused Saru’sinul-tu from her thoughts. A singer was called for and an old man played upon a horse-headed fiddle.

“There is a khan’s daughter; I shall tell you, I shall tell you, I shall. Who strides forth in a queen-like way, and has the claws of a hundred tigers. Who strides forth in a mother-like way, and has the jaws of a thousand tigers. Who strides forth in a warrior’s way, because she is rules over all the tigers.

For months rumors had flown across the border that something sinister, something terrible, was slowly gathering itself together in the heart of China. Those who believed in magic claimed that the Ming court had finally hired a Taoist witch to raise the dead, or perhaps to craft an army out of stone, to lead against the Mongols. The Parliament of the Steppes hurriedly came together and it was decided to meet this threat, whatever it was, head on.

The expedition had arrived at the small oasis the previous evening. During the night the deep howling of wolves could be heard endlessly among the foothills. So close were they that the watch guards were required to light great grass fires to scare off the nights cats from making any attack upon their war horses.

The evening dragged on.

Just before dawn, as Saru’sinul-tu was drifting in and out of sleep, she heard a sudden challenge from a sentry outside, followed instantly by loud and piercing screams from hundreds of throats. She sprang to her feet.

“Outside!” Une-Khitay cried, only half dressed, but clutching his sword. “The enemy is upon us!”

Looking about in the dark Saru’sinul-tu could seem to locate her sword. All her hands discovered was a long, bamboo stick used for stirring fish ponds. Clutching this she rushed out of the ger, right behind her uncle.

* * *

CHAPTER 02

Save for the sighs of the wounded and the gasps of the dying nothing rose into the air except the circling shadows of vultures whose black wing tips swept ever closer while the roar of battle died away. The sun hung, as it always did, a ball of frustration, glowering down upon the western hills. Across the trampled fields all was quiet, no war drums echoed. The screaming was over. Those who could had fled while the rest lay where they had fallen.

On her gangling mare, high above a hillside copse, Fatima watched, as she had been doing ever since the first streaks of dawn had appeared, back when the sleeping hosts of the idiot general Une-Calada Khan had awaken to find themselves amidst a flying forest of arrows and in confusion had moved out onto the plains of Xi Xia, there to meet the relentless hordes of Lady Linshui, the most trusted general of the debauched Hongwu Emperor.

Fatima had tsk-tsked in surprise and disapproval when she saw the glittering squadrons of mounted Chinese warriors draw out in front of the masses of their slow but loyal foot soldiers, leading a sloppy advance. They were the best Northern China had to offer: cavalries from the Tangut tribes, the Jin and the Jurchen and the Minyak. But to Fatima they seemed only amateurs and she shook her head. They were going up against the likes of old Qaidu Khan and his amazon daughter, Khutulun, a warrior who was, as the 14th century chronicler, Ghiyasud din Khwandamir of India, once put it, “a superb general; one who could ride upon the enemy ranks and snatch up a solider, all the while on horseback and with one hand, as easily as a hawk snatches a sparrow.” This battle would determine much, for civil war was about to divide the Mongolian tribes once again.

Watching, she had become dumbfounded at the Mongolians charge. With a thunderous roar they attacked the vanguard of Lady Linshui and then swept up the long slope of a hill into the teeth of raking fire from Chinese archers hidden over the crest. Fatima had seen the Chinese launch their whole might against the oncoming cuirassiers, the Mongolian light cavalry. She had seen the cuirassiers turn, collapse and scatter, the horse-plumed riders toppling off backwards from their steeds, dead before they hit the ground. Fatima wondered: who was leading such a sloppy attack against an army that should be so easy to beat? Where was wise Qaidu Khan? Where was iron Khutulun?

She had watched, amazed, as the Kara-Khitan horsemen swept on, reckless of both their horses’ endurance and of their own lives, blindly crossing the ridge where the enemy lay. From her vantage-point Fatima could see both sides of that ridge and she knew that there lay the main power of the Chinese army: forty-two thousand foot soldiers, the dreaded skirmishers, all in heavy armor, bearing spears and cruel, curved swords. As they crested the ridge the Kara-Khitans realized that the real battle still lay ahead of them. But by now their horses were all haggard, their bow strings broken, their hearts choked with grime and pain and the first hint of defeat.

Fatima had seen the Mongols waver and look back for their leaders. In desperation the horse warriors hurled themselves at the massed enemy, trying to break their ranks by stupid fury alone. That charge never reached the enemy’s line. Instead, a storm of arrows that blackened the sun and sang as they sped through the sky broke their charge. The whole first rank of horses and riders went down, quilled like porcupines. In the spray of red ruin that leaped up the next line behind them stumbled and fell as well, their horses trampling the dead and wounded alike.

All this Fatima had seen in bewilderment. She had seen, too, the shameful retreat of certain Mongol warlords, the savage last-stand of others. On horseback, on foot, besieged, they all fell, one by one, while the storm of battle broke around them and the blood-drunk heavenly army — for Lady Linshui was said to command a celestial army of shamanesses, tamed female demons, queens and their consorts — all fell upon the Mongol invaders. Retreating, lords thundered through the ranks of their very own tribesmen. Whole cuirassiers units fled in confusion while others received the full force of the Chinese wrath. Men and women staggering backwards stubbornly, opposing every gained foot, but unable to check the unvanquishable foe.

Now, as Fatima scanned the field, the celestial army had paused and returned to loot the dead and cut up the dying. Those Mongolian lords who had not fallen had flung down their bows and surrendered. On the farther side of the dry valley Fatima shivered at the screams which rose into the sky. Lady Linshui’s warriors were butchering their prisoners.

“Tengri!” muttered Fatima. “My mother’s people bragged that they could hold up the sky forever on the tips of their arrows. Now the sky has fallen and the dead are meat for the vultures!”

Reining her horse Fatima rode away through the copse of trees. The woman had come this way not to witness history, but rather because she was on a mission assigned to her by her own queen. However, even as she emerged out onto the rocky hillside she saw a prize that no pure-blooded Borjigin could refuse. Red eyed and racing in a lather, a tall steppe horse sped by in a cloud of dust. Fatima spurred forward quickly, hoping to catch the flapping reins. Finally, having caught the high-strung warhorse, she trotted swiftly down the slope with her prize, away from the silence and stink of the battlefield.

Suddenly she stopped among a clump of stumps and burrs. Right in front of her Fatima beheld a small pack of men retreating. A tall, richly clad warlord stood in their middle. His helmet was gone. He was broad shouldered with skin an almond brown, as was the fashion at the time he sported a mustache and goatee. He was grunting and cursing as he attempted to hobble along using a broken spear as a crutch.

As Fatima watched, the big man stumbled and fell. The small band stopped and surrounded their lord. A strange feeling came over Fatima, as if she was being watched. She turned around, looking about the copse of trees. Nothing.

Then, out from the bush, emerged a girl, the likes of which Fatima had never seen before, even among the feral Borjigins of her people. She was taller than Fatima by a good foot, her strides were like that of a mountain dog. Her long, braided hair framed an oval face with ludicrously long eyelashes; her disorderly, bushy eyebrow were the sort legends were made of. Her skin was the color of the moon. The bamboo staff that she held in one hand looked flimsy enough, though her dirty deel was torn and splattered. Her arm was stained red up to an elbow; blood dripped from a deep slash in her upper forearm.

“Boovu saa!” spat the wounded warlord in Manchurian, a dialect of which Fatima understood a bit, “we lost the war.”

“No, my khan, we shall only lose a horde of old imbeciles who have been shaming the legacy of the Great Khan for some twenty years or more,” the Kara-Khitan girl replied. Her voice was hard and alien, like the drone of a wasp in the air.

The rich man swore again. “What the fuck do you know about war, girl? Make yourself useful before those damn Chinese find us. Get me a new horse. I broke my ankle when my last one was shot out from under me.”

“Those who show their backs upon a field of slaughter make the best moving targets, or so I have been told.”

“Shut your mouth before I have these men shut it for you!”

The tall girl dropped the point of her stick to the earth and stared at the others soberly.

“You give commands as if you still sat in your mother’s ger, Une-Calada Khan. If it weren’t for imbeciles like you we might have destroyed Linshui today.”

“Yanhan!” roared the khan from the ground, his narrow face crimsoning, “I will not listen to this insolent female! I’ll have you flayed alive, are you listening to me?”

“O, I am listening, Une-Calada. I listened when you shouted down the Parliament of the Steppes in our council of war,” snarled the girl, her eyes glittering dangerously. “I listened when you called Odval of the Choros a ‘know-nothing woman’ because she urged the Parliament to allow her to lead the main assault with her tribe. I listened when you had the ear of that fool of a Grand Vizier from Persia, Ubaid al-Jayyani, so that in the end he commanded you to lead the charge that ruined us all. Now you — who turned coward quicker than anyone else when you saw what your stupidity had done to the army of the Great Khan — now you order me to hold my tongue?”

“Yes, you Kara-Khitan bitch!” screamed the man, convulsed with fury and pain. “You shall pay for this!”

“O, I’ll pay,” said the young girl, feeling blood-red rage roil up from behind her eyes. “You have heaped insults upon my people ever since we joined this regiment. I am not afraid to die, provided I get to settle our score first.”

The nearest Mongolian bodyguard stepped forward, drawing his sword and reaching out toward the girl’s arm. Before he could stretch his fingers, however, the girl’s bamboo flickered in her hand and stabbed into his wrist. The swordsman shouted in surprise, felt a white-hot pain against his suddenly broken wrist and dropped his sword. The bamboo flickered upward, followed by another stab, this time into the man’s right eye. The bodyguard screamed as he covered his gouged-out eyeball with his one good hand.

The girl’s movement might have been as simple as a dance step but for some reason the second swordsman could not block nor even avoid her bamboo either. The other five bodyguards took a collective step backwards. One of them yanked out his sword and attempted to thrust it toward the girl’s beautiful face. As the sword tip leaped up and forward a loud swoosh, indicating the power behind the thrust, filled the air.

The girl did not even move, save a single flick of the wrist. This time she stabbed at the man’s shoulder, crushing the bone. The jab was so fast that although it started after the initial thrust, it arrived well before the sword reached its target. The bodyguard cried out in pain as well and felt all his strength flee out of his arm. Then the girl’s wrist flashed again and the bamboo buried itself into his eye socket. The man fell to the ground, rolling about. Fatima saw that, even though the Kara-Khitan moved too fast to be seen clearly, her techniques were clearly derived from some sort of fighting skill.

“Yavj boovu saa!” The lame lord, clutching his leg, cried out. “There is only one girl and four men! Why don’t you kill her?”

“Even if the odds were forty against one it would not be enough for you to stop me,” their young opponent replied.

The girl’s left hand lifted slightly and the bamboo thrust toward yet another swordsman’s eye. Three swords were quickly drawn, naked steel all, and the men sped toward her. The girl moved nimbly, deflecting all three, then she counterattacked. Soon all her assailants were half-blind and smitten, laying groveling in the dirt.

“Novsh min!” The khan bellowed, paling, trying to scramble up on his knees and reach for his sword. But even as he did so, the Kara-Khitan girl struck and the man’s scream was cut short in a ghastly crunch as the bamboo came down upon his skull, cracking it neatly like an egg.

“Cheers, my friend, cheers!”

At the sound of a stranger moving out from her hiding place the bamboo wielding girl wheeled about, pointing the tip of her stick forward like a spear. For a tense moment the two women eyed each other; the younger warrior standing above her fallen victims, some alive, some dead, and the older Borjigin sitting upon her saddle like a stone carving.

“I am a Borjigin and a follower of baatuun,” Fatima explained, using the ancient Mongolian term for a band of heroes. “I am no vassal of the Chinese Emperor. My arrows are in my quiver. I have need of a woman who is both wise and deadly. I represent someone who can offer you anything you might desire.”

“I desire only bloody vengeance upon the skull of Lady Linshui,” murmured the girl.

The dark eyes of the Borjigin glittered. She had the quick sensation of slipping her hands around the strange girl’s hips, one hand fondling her breasts through her deel while the other slipped between her legs. Fatima wondered if the girl was a virgin. Probably not, few warriors ever are, but one never knew in this day and age. Fatima loved making virgins cum. She could see herself kissing the girl’s neck, sucking and nibbling her round jawline. A wet moment of desire washed over Fatima and she blinked.

“Then come with me, darling girl. My lady is the sworn enemy of that Taoist sorceress.”

“Tell me, who is your lady?” asked the Kara-Khitan suspiciously.

“She is called the Mad One,” answered Fatima with a smile. “Turakina the Divooneh, the granddaughter of Genghis Khan, Khatun of all the Borjigins.”

“So … you speak on behalf of our queen?” the girl asked, her suspicion changing to astonishment. “What brings you out to this empty wasteland?”

“Just because Genghis Khan’s sons were all syphilitic eunuchs and parasites upon the empire does not mean his daughters sat around being meek and mild. Will you come and serve your Khatun in our people’s time of need, my friend?”

The Kara-Khitan turned her head in the direction of the distant screaming which told her that the slaughter of prisoners was still going on. She despised the killing of those who honorably surrendered, only to find even that had turned against them. She stood still for an instant; a small bronze statue and even the wind appeared unable to touch her. What was she feeling? Excitement? Bemusement? Indifference? Fatima had no way of knowing. Then the other relaxed her grip on her stick and looked at the Borjigin.

“I will go with you,” she said. That was all.

Fatima grinned with pleasure, leaning forward she gave Saru’sinul-tu, for that was who it was, the reins of the captured Mongolian horse. The Kara-Khitan swung into the saddle and glanced inquiringly at Fatima. What was that look? Certainly not desire, not the way Fatima was feeling right now, but … it might have been something else. Some thing ..? the Borjigin motioned with her helmeted head, then trotted away down the slope. The two women cantered swiftly into the gathering dusk, leaving behind them the ruins of the battle of Qaraqata, fought on the plains of Xi Xia. The battle would rage for another two days and nights and end with Qaidu Khan and his daughter, Khutulun, coming to a stand-still with the army of Lady Linshui. But the Borjigin woman and the Kara-Khitan girl would not know of those events, not yet, at any rate.

They camped only once on their trek across the Gobi, for the desert is a sweltering place, even at night in February.

Mongolian male and female warriors wore similar items of clothing: bulky trousers; a large tunic jacket called a deel secured by a few buttons over their right breast; leather-bound boots that came up to the knees. Underneath all this they wore a twisted thong of cotton that left very little to the imagination. These two particular women came from a long line of female warriors. It was said that when Genghis Khan’s beloved first wife, Borte, rode into battle against hostile Arabian raiders while six months pregnant she exposed her breasts and round belly and beat her chest with her bow and arrows, so frightening the Muslims that they surrendered without spilling any blood.

That night the two women sat together around a small fire, naked save for their twisted thongs of cotton between their legs. The Kara-Khitan had consented to let Fatima undo her long braided hair and was combing the oil of sweet nuts through it, to prevent lice. Lice might be an issue for some but the Borjigin had solved the problem herself by simply shaving her head uncharacteristically bald. Let the Chinese be obsessed over tiny, bound feet; for a Mongol all female beauty and erotic symbolism rested upon a woman’s visible face. Broad foreheads were especially fetishized by smearing yellow powder across them, making anyone as beautiful as Lady Ot, the goddess of the fire and the moon.

“Ah, my daughter has perfect, beautiful hair,” Fatima said, sitting behind the girl and running her shell and ivory comb through the thick mane.

“My mother, do not tease me, everyone can see my hair is dirty and ratty.”

This talk was, as they say, ritual. Older women in the tribe were, naturally, pleased to extol the beauty of their younger female offspring, while the girls in turn would praise the wisdom of their mothers and grandmothers. Sitting in their gers it did not matter if the mothers and daughters were blood kin or not, everyone who lived on the steppes and followed the path of the stars was related, in one way or another. Every girl was her tribe’s daughter, every woman their mother.

Fatima took a handful of the girl’s thick hair and brought it up to her nose. Borjigins did not enjoy perfumes, as a rule. The natural musk and odor of the body was the best aphrodisiac. The Kara-Khitan smelled slightly of nut oil, but mainly of eighteen years of hard living. Fire and blood could be found in her scent, horse and desert and slaughter — all the things that made life worth living.

“My daughter has many perfect, fascinating scars,” marveled Fatima, her hands running over the old sword cuts and ancient wounds inflicted from a dozen different battles that adorned the girl’s arms and thighs. It was obvious the girl did not mind the exploration, for she simply sighed a little louder at the touch and shifted her wide ass in the hot sand.

“My daughter has perfect, hard nipples,” Fatima purred in her ear, reaching around and cupping the small breasts in the calloused palms of her hands.

“Ma — my — my mother — O! uhhh …”

The girl panted, her eyes partly closed, her mouth open, her tongue hanging down as she felt her flesh pinched, the juice of exhilaration stirring deep between her legs. The older woman pulled on her nipples, large and soft and brown. They stood out hard in the hot night air, waiting eagerly for fingers or lips to suckle on them, to tease them, to stir them alive. Already the twisted thong of cotton pressing in-between her shaggy cunt lips was soaked.

“My daughter is such a hairy girl,” Fatima said huskily, her fingers slipping down between the splayed-open legs. It was a forest jungle that she entered; a dark triangle overflowing the cottony creases of her thong. The girl’s clit was long and quite erect. Fatima pulled the fabric to one side and held the clit gently between her thumb and forefinger, starting to move her fingers in a slow, lazy figure-8.

The Kara-Khitan hissed, her fingers digging into the sand.

Fatima’s tongue traced a brutal half-moon a Chinese scimitar had once carved into the girl’s left shoulder blade. Sweat built up between them; girl-cum ran down their thighs. Somewhere in the endless stars overhead the young woman, leaning back, thought she saw a pair of celestial eyes looking down on them. It sent shivers down her spine but she couldn’t tell if it was the intoxication of being watched or finger-fucked that made her head swim just so at that particular moment.

Fatima pressed the girl forward, bending her over, getting her onto her hands and knees, presenting her gushing cunt to to the stars and moon. She rubbed her tongue around the girl’s lower lips, bathing her own mouth in cum, teasing her. The Kara-Khitan turned her head to one side, stared up at the heavens. She was sure she saw the eyes now, yes. They were watching. The whole damn world was watching her cum.

“My daughter … tastes … so … nice,” murmured the Borjigin from deep within the quaggy marshlands of the girl’s pubes. Saru’sinul-tu cried out, her muscular thighs pinning the older woman’s head like a wrestler, clamping her lips onto her clit, cumming for all that she was worth.

They slept that night in each others’ arms and by the time the sun was sinking below the western hills on the next night they stood on a crest of a rise overlooking a desert city, studying its spires and minarets covered in turquoise, that iconic blue-green stone. Fatima drew in her reins and sat motionless for a moment, sighing deeply as she drank in the familiar sight. As metropolises went, it certainly could not compete with mighty Beijing, in China, but she would take it over the Persian city of Khorasam or Nishapur in Iran. It was a nomad’s city and that meant hard-won pleasure.

“Karakorum,” Fatima announced.

“We have traveled far, my mother,” answered her young companion. Fatima smiled.

Saru’sinul-tu eyed her guide. Even after sex the Borjigin’s attire was remained filthy, her expression remained exhausted; her eyes, though, continued to sparkle. The Kara-Khitan regarded the view, voicelessly; recalling the days and nights of ceaseless riding as they passed across the Gobi. She had followed Fatima, unquestioningly, even before their peccadillo on the plains. They passed over vindictive mountains and bypassed enemy patrols they happened upon in the eyeless wilderness. They passed around hills where the hot southern wind blew, that led them into wastelands of steppes. Saru’sinul-tu’s memories of the time were of the cantering of hoofs, orgasms, sun. Saru’sinul-tu marveled at the remote distance that had led them to the oasis of blue spires that marked their journey’s end. Vast was the empire of the female regent, the woman called Turakina the Divooneh.

The two riders traveled down into the plain and worked their way between the lines of caravans and ox herders, whose drivers and shepherds shouted unceasingly, all bound for the Great Cobalt Gate. These were merchants ready to sell spices, silks and jewels: the merchandise of India and China, of Persia and Europe.

“All the world rides the road to Karakorum,” said Fatima, nodding.

They passed through the wide turquoise-inlaid gate and rode through the winding streets, past clay-built apartments and bazaars thronged with the people of a thousand tribes and a hundred races. The Kara-Khitan saw figures from the mysterious reaches of the north; the stocky Yakuts with the rolling gait of a lifetime spent in the saddle; Cathayans in robes of silk; round-faced Kipchak soldiers. She saw turbaned Arabs, lean Syrians, hawk-faced Indians, languid Persians, swaggering Afghans.

Saru’sinul-tu’s wonder grew as they turned into a wide gateway, guarded by terracotta camels. There they gave their horses to Muslim grooms, walked along a winding path lined with ancient green palms. The Kara-Khitan, looking between the trunks, saw fountains jetting arches of water against the endless blue sky. At last they came to the royal palace, gleaming white and gold in the noonday sun. They passed between columns of marble, entering the inner-chambers with walls decorated in delicate reliefs by Persian and Armenian artistry.

In a blue-domed room that looked out through stone windows upon a long line of broad, shaded, garden paths the two women stopped. There muscular attendants took their weapons and led them between a double row of mute eunuchs in snow-tiger loincloths, half-men who held two-handed scimitars between their beefy thighs. At the far end of the room Fatima knelt before a figure seated on a plush divan. Saru’sinul-tu, however, stood silently erect.

The Kara-Khitan looked closely at the woman on the divan; was this, then, the all-powerful Toregene? She beheld a woman in the prime of life, with a wide sweep of hair pinned under a conical hat crowed with a fanciful knot. As with almost all Borjigin women, her deel could hardly conceal her colossus breasts. She did not sit cross-legged as was the habit for Muslims, nor with one leg tucked under the other as was the way of other Mongol tribes. There was power in every line of her being. Her crisp black hair was untouched with gray despite the stress of attempting to unify her people. There was something wolfish in her appearance, thought the girl, that suggested the soul of the everlasting nomad.

“Speak, my darling Fatima,” the khatun commanded in a low voice. “Vultures have flown westward, but we have yet to hear any reports about what took place at the front.”

“My lady, we rode before the slaughter had even finished,” answered the older warrior. “That news shall travel slowly on the caravan roads. What I shall tell you is that a great battle has been fought in the foothills of the land of our enemies; that Lady Linshui has broken the army of the Une-Calada.”

“I thought as much. The man was a fool. Tell me, Fatima, who stands beside you?” asked Turakina, resting her chin on her palm and fixing her deep eyes upon Saru’sinul-tu.

“A warrior of the Kara-Khitan clan who escaped the slaughter,” answered Fatima. “She alone found Une-Calada and his rabble and extracted justice for his outrage against the Great Khan’s person.”

“A curious tale, indeed. Why did you bring her to me?”

“It was my thought that she would aid you, my lady, when the time is right.”

“What are you called, Kara-Khitan?” asked the khatun. “What is your title?”

“I am Saru’sinul-tu,” answered the girl. “I come from the east of the Gobi, where the last of the Kara-Khitans have made their khanate. I have no title, neither in my own land nor in the army that I once followed.”

“Why do you come to see me?”

“Lady Fatima told me that you could offer me anything I might desire.”

“And what is it that you desire the most?”

“Vengeance.”

“Against whom?”

“Lady Linshui, the demon vassal and general of the Emperor of China, the one whose enemies have named her the Witch Bone.”

Turakina let her chin sink down upon her massive breasts for a moment and in the silence Saru’sinul-tu heard the silvery tinkle of a fountain in the courtyard and the musical voice of a Persian poet singing on a morin khuur, a curious two-stringed lute.

Finally the Borjigin queen lifted her head.

“Sit down with Lady Fatima upon this divan close at my left hand,” said she. “Tell me about your life and then I will instruct you in how to destroy a demon.”

“My Khatun,” Saru’sinul-tu began, bowing to the Mongol queen. “I am no story teller but I shall sing to you a poem my mother taught me on the eve that I left home. I hope this small thing pleases.”

The Kara-Khitan bent a little, as if to draw in air to her lungs. Fatima smiled and licked her lips, she had yet to wash the taste of the girl’s cunt from them, a taste more intoxicating than airag, the fermented mare’s milk the Mongol habitually guzzled down in large quantities.

It was good that Saru’sinul-tu was a warrior and not a poet, for her voice was creaky from disuse but she sang with emotion and Turakina understood that the pain the girl sang about came from somewhere deep inside:

I walk to where the river turns to fall
and watch the mist rise up and up.
Regret at my fate; a dying girl
who recalls all that she’ll never know.
Monks of Tibet do not know pain
like I do. My hair turns autumn,
though my summer has just begun.

Under tender moonlight
my young heart yearns
for all I shall never know,
a common enough longing:
that is my name.
This war has left my tribe
in ruins while boatmen
doze in the calm eddies
of a sandbar.

I ask this river,
again and again,
to send me lovers,
ones I can confide in,
while I feel the pull
of my fate’s tide.

Her village destroyed, her parents slaughtered, her people nearly exterminated from the face of the earth, Saru’sinul-tu had left the desert because there was nowhere else to stay. That had been in 1294. Seven years of war and machinations in Mongolia had exhausted her, even at the age of eighteen. When it was rumored that Lady Linshui was amassing a new army through various dark arts at her disposal, the girl had joined the tide that had been swept into China and their doom. Now here she was, a sheep herder’s daughter, standing in the blue-domed palace of the fabulous city of Karakorum, while the last of Genghis Khan’s granddaughters listened to her recite bad poetry. Fate was curious, indeed.

* * *

CHAPTER 03

While her enemies’ bodies rotted on the plains of Xi Xia, Lady Linshui turned her attention to the south and trampled the Muslims warlords that called the Silk Route home. The Tibetans, the Koreans and the Liao she ground beneath her celestial legions. Her shamanesses summoned up infernal warriors, whose frenzy astounded even her toughest mortal vassals. The men of the world flowed whimpering between her iron fingers and she hammered the golden crowns of princes and kings to tin. Somewhere in the heat mirage of the Gobi, though, sat the one last obstacle for conquering all of Central Asia: the Borjigin queen known as Turakina Khatun. It was to her that Lady Linshui sent envoys with declarations of war and slaughter. No response was forthcoming, but word came along the oases of the desert of a mighty Mongol army riding forth and a great war in the west; of Turakina joining forces with her kinfolk that made up the Golden Hoard and crushing the Tzars of Russia. Lady Linshui gave little thought to that; Russia was no more real to her than was to the Pope of Rome. Europe had foolishly burned its witches and then the Plague had ravaged the rest as a punishment for Christian hubris. It would be an afterthought in her campaign, if there were any bones left to pick over. Her eyes were turned toward crushing the last of the Mongol empire; weakened, but still a truly formidable enemy.

“The Tao of the Left Hand shall burn the horse-girl khanates with steel and shadow,” she said. “I shall ride their queens like beasts of the earth and the bones of their men shall be food for fireflies and the dark grubs of the night.”

Then, in the early spring of 1302, there came to Lady Linshui, as she labored in an inner chamber of her personal temple in the Forbidden City, crafting red and black talismans to bind and command the ghosts of slain warriors two of her tamed female demons. With them they brought a tall Kara-Khitan girl, one whose macabre body was darkened by the sun of steppes and the scars of a thousand blades.

“She rode from the desert’s source and then to the gates of the City on a foam-covered horse,” one said, for tamed female demons always speak in rhyme, “saying she demanded to see our Lady. What is your passion? Shall we flay her alive before you? or tear her between sword and talon?”

“Horse-girl,” said the Taoist sorceress, putting down her brush and cocking her head to one side, “you have found Lady Linshui. Speak, before I feed you to those who have a perverse pleasure for female flesh.”

“Who doesn’t?” said the other in a dead-pan, then, “is this becoming for the once and future Empress of all of Asia? I have ridden far to serve you and all you do is scowl and puff and stuff. I am called Saru’sinul-tu and among your scrawny shamanesses and giant breasted demons and sickly queens there is no warrior who can best me while using a sword; among your slovenly wrestlers there is no woman whose back I can not break.”

The Taoist sorceress cocked an eyebrow and considered the strange girl. She was in her early twenties, perhaps. Unlike many of the Borjigin women she had known Nature had not endowed this girl with the sort of top heavy breasts that made steppe concubines famous the world over … then again the bulky deel jackets Mongols habitually wore covered up far to much for Linshui’s tastes. “Perhaps she will be pleasing when I strip her out of those garments?” the Witch Bone thought.

“I wish you were not a horse-girl,” she said, “for I love a woman with a sharp tongue that can get into tight places. Tell me more, darling girl! What else can you offer me that will allow me to become, as you put it, a humble empress?”

“Shape I have, but not that of size. I am locked to your body, but easily fly. I follow you to bed, for I can never be contained. Under the sun I crawl, but under the dark I reign.”

Lady Linshui stiffened, everything about her subtly changed; for behind all her blood-lust and sorcery there lay the most penetrating mind south of the Great Rock Gorge of the Chuluut River.

“Are you drunk, girl?” she asked. “What do you mean by this riddle?”

“I speak no riddle that you don’t already possess the answer to,” snapped the Kara-Khitan.

“I have no time for games. Do not trifle with me.”

“Pff,” the other retorted. “That’s too bad for you.” And then, when it became obvious the Witch Bone was ignorant of the answer, Saru’sinul-tu gave an ungainly curtsy, and added with a nod, “my Mistress of the Dark.”

“Dark? Shadow? That’s the answer, in truth? You’re a shadow? You risked everything on the chance that you’d find me in the mood for childish games; knowing that I have had my captures torn apart by my celestial army just to wile away a tiresome afternoon?”

“When you have heard what I have had to say, please do with me as you like. But know this: I hate your enemy, the one who is called Turakina. She is a cowardly woman. I went to her hungry for honor as all warriors hunger for, because she was of my people, my kin, but how was I rewarded? Camel dung was thrown in my face.”

At the name of the one who stood between her and all of Central Asia stood up, scattering talismans and brushes.

“What? You served under that half-crazed she-bitch of a dog?”

“Yes. I was her toy. I rode beside her and guarded her back. I climbed fortress walls under a shower of arrows and broke the ranks of the Muslim soldiers who controlled the oases and Silk Route. When the pillage and plunder was distributed among the generals, what was given me? Jeering and abuse. ‘If you want pretty gifts, puppy,’ said that woman, ‘seek an audience with the Ming Court, their eunuchs will be holding a spot especially for you.’ And because in Borjigin eyes I am not shaped for buxom tricks; because I am rudely stamped, cheated, her khans and generals roared with laughter at her wit. As Wet Mother Earth and Endless Father Sky are my witnesses, I will wipe out that laughter with burning of walls and screaming flame!”

Saru’sinul-tu’s passionate words reverberated through the chamber and her eyes were cold and cruel. Lady Linshui thought for a long moment.

“You come to me for revenge?” The Taoist sorceress composed herself, sat back down at her low table. “Because why? Because you were too weak to do it yourself? So … you needed the shadows of the dark to aid you?”

“Weak? No. Shadows? Yes! I came here to be your shadow.”

“O mighty warrior, stupid little girl, were you so deluded to think that I would wage war against the Mad One simply because of some slight given to a wandering Kara-Khitan vagrant? You look as if you brought half the desert with you in your clothes.”

“I am of the desert and you will out there sooner than you think because she is about to wage war against you,” answered Saru’sinul-tu, undaunted. “When that ‘half-crazed she-bitch of a dog,’ as my lady so astutely called her, rode west to wrestle the city of Constantinople out from the hands of the Sultan, Othman I, who you once called El-Gazi, his army was strengthened by a thousand Ming horsemen, sent by you, yourself. Now the House of Osman is cast down, Constantinople has been looted and even the Bosporus burns from the Mongol’s engines of war. Turakina has destroyed your comrades and she is exactly the sort of woman who will not forgive my imperial lady for interfering.”

“What? Were you the concubine of Divooneh as well to know so much? Did she talk in her sleep?” Lady Linshui asked, incredulous. “You? A worthless vagrant? Why should I trust a Kara-Khitan? We crushed you at Xi Xia! Go whore yourself out in the brothels, if any man would have you. By Hsi Wang Mu, Goddess of Plagues and Pestilence! I shall deal with those fucking Mongols by the dark arts and hell fire!”

A ferocious, defiant flame blazed for an instant in the Kara-Khitan’s eyes, but a moment later the sun-burned and scarred face showed no signs of anger.

“Know this, O my lady,” Saru’sinul-tu answered, slowly, “I can teach you not only how to break Turakina’s army, but I can bring you her head.”

“Lap dog of a she-bitch!” shouted the Taoist sorceress, and the tamed female demons standing on either side of her shook their snake-like dreads and hissed hideously. “Do you think that I, Hongwu’s most trusted vassal, need the assistance of an orphan girl to conquer the Mongols?”

Saru’sinul-tu laughed in her face, a hard mirthless noise that shocked all present.

“You think that commanding demons will save you. Turakina will lay you to waste,” Saru’sinul-tu said, purposely. “Have you seen Genghis Khan’s daughters in war? Have you seen Mongol arrows darkening the sky as they rip through the air, fifty thousand loosed all at once? Have you seen their cuirassiers making the desert shake beneath their horses’ hooves?”

“Actually, yes,” answered the Taoist sorceress, not particularly impressed.

“Yes, the whole world has seen that, but what you haven’t seen,” returned the Kara-Khitan, “is Turakina’s own necromancy.”

“What?” asked a startled Lady Linshui. “The Mongols have their own dark arts that I was unaware of?”

As if for an answer Saru’sinul-tu pulled the sleeve of her deel back to reveal her left arm. It wasn’t so much a scar revealed, but a dreadful curse; almost as if she had been branded by the Mongolian circle and four horse-headed device Turakina had placed on her army’s shields, a design had been etched there. But no white-hot cattle-brand could ever sear such an intricate pattern. This had been done by something vastly unearthly.

“Fire shadows did this?” asked Lady Linshui after a moment of studying the ruined arm. “Feisty little bastards, though they pale in comparison when summoning an earth djinn or a sky elemental.”

“Of the cities of the Ural, Turakina left but her only ruins. She tore down even the broken walls and replaced it with a pyramid of skulls. Kingdoms that stood for a thousand years fell to her as will the Ming once they are ground under her foot, my Lady Linshui.”

“You say this to me, unbeliever?” cried the Taoist sorceress. “I will cast you into such a deep pit that not even your souls will find their way out for a million generations to come!”

“Ho, are you proving your righteousness over Turakina by threatening to damn the same vagrant she banished from her sight?” Saru’sinul-tu asked, bitterly. “Chinese, Mongols and Turks: power corrupts you equally, I see.”

“By Meng Po, Goddess of the Dead!” Lady Linshui said, “you must be possessed by a dung spirit to speak like this to the Witch Bone herself! You have come to the Forbidden City seeking alms, eh, little girl? Stay in my palace until I can decide whether you are a seducer, a fool, or a madwoman. But if you are a spy, my little lap dog of a she-bitch, that cursed flesh on your arm will have felt like a fool’s kiss compared to the torments I shall lay upon you.”

Their interview over, Saru’sinul-tu settled down into the court of Lady Linshui, whose friends and enemies called the Witch Bone. Soon there came diplomats from Turakina Khatun, no one less than the princely general, Bayan of the Merkid clan, who asked if the Ming court would give up the shameless girl who had openly mocked their queen, for this Mongol clan wanted justice served, surly the Ming court would keep the peace between the two nations by turning Saru’sinul-tu over to them?

Lady Linshui, sceeing an opportunity to slight her enemy, twisted her black hair between her fingers and looked directly into Bayan’s eyes as she gave the reply, “I know you, Bayan Khan, that your people are in no place to be attempting to bargain for the life of anyone. You know me, little man; nothing stops me from taking your empire when I feel like it and feeding your favorite wives to my army as spoils of war.”

Bayan Khan neither blinked nor showed the smallest trace of anger. He simply paused as he was bringing the cup of rice wine to his lips, arched one eyebrow and replaced the cup upon the table between them, untasted.

“You do my hospitality ill service, little man, by not tasting the wine I have so generously offered.”

“For give me, my lady,” the Mongol said, rising, gazing down at the general in something akin to amazement. “Talk of conquest has turned my tongue … sour. I would be doing your wine an even greater disservice by attempting to drink it with such a … foul taste in my mouth.”

No further diplomats came from Turakina.

One day, as Saru’sinul-tu practiced her wrestling in Lady Linshui’s Gong Fu Hall, the Taoist sorceress approached the Kara-Khitan girl, marveling at the other’s thick thighs and tiny breasts, the arms that could bend a mortal man in two, the fine sheen of sweat that hard exercise brings to the body.

“Horse-girl, you have labored hard enough for one night. Go bathe yourself in the hot springs we call Sihnon. Report back to me … later … after you are done.”

“The advantage of being part of a celestial army,” Saru’sinul-tu thought as she lay naked on a bamboo table after her sore muscles had recovered in the scalding hot water, “is that it doesn’t really matter whether it is a spirit or demon attending to my needs, they all can get into tight corners no one else can.”

She sighed.

There were around a dozen invisible hands working on her — kneading muscles, pulling, rubbing in deep — Saru’sinul-tu was grateful for them all, especially the ones that kept sliding into the wrong places. She could feel countless ghostly fingers move from her hips over her sensitive ribs to her breasts, where her erect nipples was tweaked this way and that. The hands would begin their journey down her front once more, traveling up her muscled back, her scars, from her shoulders to her fingertips, to her chubby ass. Other hands worked hard on her inner thighs. Much to her joy there was even one hand that did nothing more than massage the lips of her furry cunt.

By this time Saru’sinul-tu’s body was beginning to strongly respond to the tamed female demons’ efforts. Even the hand supporting her by her cunt seemed to be constantly working the hyper-sensitive flesh of her clit.

After a time, she could hardly concentrate on anything, even laying still; the sensations radiating from her cunt, her breasts, every inch of skin, were so overwhelming. After a moment of teasing the heat would return intenser than before, wave after wave, clinging tenaciously to her burning, quivering flesh. Her body trembled from the terrible, marvelous pressure building up inside her.

The hands were joined by hungry, voracious mouths that were all lips and tongues, seeming intent on sucking the very marrow out of her bones. Saru’sinul-tu felt herself drowning in a whirlpool of incredible fires that reminded her of blood-lust, the battlefield’s need for slaughter.

Soon Saru’sinul-tu became a mindless creature intent only on her own pleasure. When the Kara-Khitan grabbed an invisible head nursing on her breasts, felt the heavy breasts of another flatten themselves between the splayed open cleft of her ass the four demons let themselves be seen and immediately devoured their cum-dripping, eager warrior; dividing up the girl between themselves. When they each had their fill, Saru’sinul-tu’s burning body was pleasured out of time. Orgasms that run amok.

It took a very, very long time before the girl had the energy to roll off the bamboo table and try to clothe herself without getting too much of her own cum all over her robes. It took an even longer time before she left the Sihnon in search of Lady Linshui. She hoped, that maybe just perhaps, if she waited enough time the four demons would return.

“Next time I’ll ask for five,” the girl mused.

As the months progressed Lady Linshui drew Saru’sinul-tu deeper into diabolical sex and wild schemes of war and conquest, plied her with opium from Afghanistan, sake from Japan, a bright hell-water distilled from something potatoish the sorceress called the “water from the lake of fire.” Even as Saru’sinul-tu roared and reveled in the Ming court, Linshui penetratingly observed the girl from Kara-Khitan. But as time passed her doubts grew less suspicious; for, when at her drunkest, Saru’sinul-tu spoke no word that might hint she was anything other than what she seemed to be: a warrior of little skill, an orphan unwilling to work the brothel-trade when she still could swing a sword. She cursed the name of Turakina and all the barbarians. Under close, subtle scrutiny the Kara-Khitan, apathetically moved, drinking all but the Taoist sorceress onto the floor in the wild drinking-bouts and bearing herself with a reckless valor that earned the respect of the hard-bitten eunuchs.

Lady Linshui lay about the walls of Shigatse, which the Mongols called Samdruptse, in the mountain kingdom of Tibet. Her preparations were made: Shigatse, after that, the city of Tsetang; the fate of Tibetan Buddhism wavered in the balance. The wretched Tibetans, worn and starved, had already drawn up a capitulation, when word came flying out of the East, a dusty, bloodstained courier on a staggering horse. Out of the East, sudden as a desert-storm, the Borjigins had over the meager defenses of Erlian, Ming’s border city, had fallen. That night the shuddering people on the walls of Shigatse saw torches and cressets tossing and moving through the celestial army’s camp, gleaming on dark hawk-headed women and shamanesses who summoned the dead, but the expected attack did not come, dawn revealed a great regiment of foot soldiers moving in a steady double column back across the bridge at Monk Jump Gorge, bearing a steady retreat back into China. The Witch Bone’s eyes were at last turned homeward.

“Here we will camp,” said Lady Linshui at last, shifting her stiff and sore arse in the saddle. She glanced back at the long lines of her army, winding beyond sight over the distant hills: over 200,000 fighters; grim skirmishers, cuirassiers glittering in plumes and silver armor, heavy cavalry in silk and steel; her allies and alien subjects, Korean and Khololo archers, the twenty thousand daughters of Xerxes of Persia, armored from crown to heel; there were troops of Russians, too, who had wandered into Central Asia, stocky Cossack girls, Ural witches, female swordsmiths from the river Don.

For weeks the Chinese host had moved toward the ruined city of Erlian, expecting to encounter the Borjigins at any point. They had passed Zamyn-Uud, where the Taoist sorceress had established her base-camp; they had crossed the river Halys, or Kizil Irmak, now were marching through the hill country that lies in the bend of that river which, rising east of Erlian, sweeps southward in a vast half-circle before it bends, west of Kirshehr, northward to the Black Sea.

“Here we camp,” repeated Lady Linshui. “Erlian lies some seventy miles to the northeast. We will send scouts into the city.”

“They will find it in ruins,” Saru’sinul-tu predicted, riding at Lady Linshui’s left side.

The Taoist sorceress scoffed, “Do you mean to say that the Mad One will flee when she sees us?”

“She will never flee,” answered the Kara-Khitan. “I told you, she is not without supernatural agents herself and can move her host far more quickly than you can. She will take to the hills and fall upon us when we least expect it.”

“Meh! Not even I am powerful enough to flit about with a horde of 150,000 warriors,” Lady Linshui snorted her contempt. “She will come along the Erlian road to join us in battle. We will crush her like we crushed your pitiful Kara-Khitans.”

With that the Chinese army made camp and there they waited with growing rage and restlessness for a whole week and a day. Lady Linshui’s scouts returned with the news that only a handful of Mongols held Erlian. The Taoist sorceress roared with rage and bewilderment.

“Fools, have you passed an army of Mongols on the road?”

“No, by Div-e Sepid,” swore the rider, “they vanished into the night like ghosts. We have combed the hills between here and the city.”

“Turakina must has fled back to the desert,” said Jui Jy-Shou, one of Lady Linshui’s junior generals.

“No,” Saru’sinul-tu insisted, “she is lurking somewhere in the hills to the north.”

Lady Linshui had never taken other women’s advice, for she had found long ago that her own strategical skills were clearly superior. But now she was puzzled. She had never before fought the desert riders whose secret of victory was mobility and who passed across the land like a dust devil of steel from out of the Gobi. Later that day her scouts brought in word that large parties of Mongols had been seen moving about in the hillside.

“Now that she-bitch Turakina attacks us from the north, just as I predicted,” Saru’sinul-tu said, laughing.

Making up her mind, Lady Linshui drew up her fighting columns and waited for the assault, but it did not come and her scouts reported that the riders had passed on and disappeared. Bewildered for the first time in her career, Lady Linshui struck camp and on a forced march reached the foothills of the Dornogov mountains in almost a day. She expected to find Turakina attempting to ambush them in the deep river gorges they were required to pass through. No enemy was to be seen. The Taoist sorceress cursed and sparks rose up all around her. She sent scouts deeper into the mountains. Soon they came flying back. They had seen the Mongol rear guard. Turakina had circled around the whole Chinese army. She was even now marching on the Ming city of Zamyn-Uud.

Frothing, Lady Linshui turned on Saru’sinul-tu.

“Horse-girl! What do you have to say now?”

“What are you talking about?” the Kara-Khitan asked mildly, still, she stood her ground. “You have no one but yourself to blame; especially if someone like Turakina has outwitted you. I told you that Turakina would not face you on a field of battle in traditional ways. And guess what? She didn’t. I told you she would leave Erlian and go into the hills. And guess what? She did. I told you she would fall upon us when we were least suspecting it, but it seems with that I was mistaken. I did not guess that she would cross the mountains and elude us. You must admit, two out of three isn’t bad.”

Lady Linshui grudgingly admitted the truth of the Kara-Khitan’s words, but she was still mad with fury. Else she had never sought to overtake the swift-moving horde before it reached Zamyn-Uud. She flung her columns across the hills and started on the track of the elusive Mongols. Turakina Khatum had somehow crossed the Dornogov mountains and out into the steppes, burning all the grasslands as they went. Now Lady Linshui was forced to retrace her steps, as prairie fires consumed what little there was of water and food for the horses.

The Chinese celestial army marched over a fire-charred waste. As the strength of the army lay in its infantry, the cavalry was forced to set its pace with the grunts and marching soldiers. Everyone stumbled wearily through the clouds of stinging dust that rose from beneath their sore, shuffling feet. Under a burning summer sun they plodded grimly along, suffering from hunger and thirst, horses gasping and dying every mile or so.

Finally they came at last to the plain of Zamyn-Uud, saw the Mongols installed in the very camp that they themselves had just left, besieging the city. A roar of desperation went up from the thirst-maddened Chinese. Turakina had changed the course of the little river which ran through Zamyn-Uud, so that now it ran behind the enemy lines; the only way to reach it was straight through the desert hordes. The springs and wells of the countryside had been destroyed. For an instant the woman known as the Witch Bone sat silent in her saddle, gazing from the Mongols to her own long, straggling line of fatigued shamanesses, dog-tired female demons and exhausted queens. The sign of suffering in the haggard faces of her warriors shocked her. A strange fear tugged at her heart, so unfamiliar she did not recognize the emotion. Victory had always been her; how could it be otherwise?

On that august summer morning the battle-lines stood ready. The Chinese were drawn up in a long crescent, whose tips overlapped the Mongol wings, one of which touched the river and the other an entrenched hill fifteen miles away across the plain.

“Never in all my life have I wanted to hear someone else’s advice about war,” Lady Linshui said, “but you rode with Turakina once. Will she leave her camp and attack me?”

Saru’sinul-tu shook her head.

“You outnumber her army. She will never fling her riders against the solid ranks of your skirmishers. She will stand far off and overwhelm you with a forest of arrows. You must go and attack her.”

“How can I attack her cavalry with my foot soldiers?” snarled Lady Linshui. “Yet … yet, you speak truth. I must hurl my warriors against her before she has the upper hand.”

“Her right wing is the weaker,” said Saru’sinul-tu, a sinister light burning in her eyes. “Mass your strongest soldiers on your left wing, charge and shatter that part of the Mongol’s army; then let your left wing shall close in, assailing the main battle of the Khatun on the flank, while your skirmishers advance from the front. Before the charge the cuirassiers on your right wing may make a feint at the lines, to draw Turakina’s attention.”

Lady Linshui looked silently at the Kara-Khitan. Saru’sinul-tu had suffered as much as the rest on that fearful march. Her armor was white with dust, her lips blackened, her throat caked with thirst.

“So it shall be,” said Lady Linshui. “Princess Sukhebatar shall command the left wing my own heavy cavalry, supported by the Oirats. We will stake all on one charge!”

With that they took up their positions, no one noticed a Oirat steal out of the Chinese lines and ride for Turakina’s camp, flogging her stocky pony like mad. At the head of these rode Saru’sinul-tu, for they had clamored for the Kara-Khitan to lead them against her own kin. Lady Linshui did not intend to match bow-fire with the Mongols, but to drive home a charge that would shatter Turakina’s lines before the khatun could further outmaneuver her. The Chinese right wing consisted of the cuirassiers; the center of the skirmishers with General Jui Jy-Shou, under the personal command of the Taoist sorceress.

Turakina had no infantry. She sat with her bodyguard on a hillock behind the lines. Dojoodorj commanded the right wing of the riders of high Asia, Fatima the left, Princess Sukhebatar the center. With the center were the elephants in their leather trappings, with their battle-towers and archers. Their awesome trumpeting was the only sound along the widespread steel-clad horse lines as the Mongols came on with a thunder of cymbals and war drums.

Like a thunderbolt Jui Jy-Shou launched her squadrons directly at the Mongol’s right wing. They ran into a terrible storm of arrows, but grimly pushed on, the Mongols scattering before them. Jui Jy-Shou, knocking a heron-plumed chieftain out of his saddle, shouted in exultation, but even as she did so, behind her rose a guttural roar.

“Hurray! hurray! hurray! For our queen: Turakina Khatum!”

With a shout she turned and saw all of her charging horse cavalry falling in tens and twenties under the forest of arrows of the Oirats. In her ear she heard Saru’sinul-tu laughing like a madman.

“Betrayer!” screamed the general. “You would sell out Lady Linshui?”

An expert scimitar flashed under the endless blue sky and Jui Jy-Shou rolled headless from her saddle.

“That is for Xi Xia!” yelled the Kara-Khitan. “Let fly your arrows, my horse-sisters!”

The stocky Oirats yelped like wolves in reply, wheeling away to avoid the swords of the desperate Chinese, driving their deadly arrows into the milling ranks at close range. They had endured much from their masters; now was the hour of reckoning. Now the Chinese right wing attempted to check their charge; caught before and behind. The celestial army buckled and crumpled, whole troops breaking away in headlong retreat. At one stroke Lady Linshui’s chance to crush her enemy had been swept away.

As the charge had begun, the Chinese right wing had advanced in the midst of the feint and had been caught by the sudden unexpected charge of the Mongols left with a great blare of trumpets and roll of drums. Fatima had swept through the light cuirassiers, almost losing her head momentarily in the lust for slaughter. She drove the enemy flying before her until pursued and pursuers vanished over the slopes in the distance.

Turakina Khatum sent Princess Sukhebatar with a reserve squadron to support the left wing and bring it back, while Dojoodorj, sweeping aside the remnants of Lady Linshui’s cavalry, swung in a pivot and thundered against the locked ranks of the skirmishers. They held, a wall of iron, until Fatima, galloping back from her pursuit of the cuirassiers, hit them on the opposite flank.

Charge after charge crashed on those compact ranks, surging forward and rolling back. In clouds of of dust kicked up by the horses the skirmishers stood their ground, thrusting with gore-reddened spears. The wild riders swept in, raking the enemy with the storms of their arrows as they drew and loosed too swiftly for the eye to follow, rushing headlong, hacking as their scimitars sheared through shield, helmet and skull. The Chinese beat them back, overthrowing horse and rider; pulling them down and trampling them under foot, standing on their own dead, until both armies struggled upon a ground composed only of the slain and the hoofs of Mongolian steeds splashed blood at every pass.

All day Lady Linshui had fought grimly on foot at the head of her women. Repeated charges tore the Chinese host apart at last, though all over the plain the fighting raged on. Bands of female demons stood back to back, slaying and dying beneath the arrows and scimitars of the riders from the steppes. At Linshui’s side Hu Hua-Yong was slain, pierced by a dozen arrows. At the head of a thousand of her skirmishers the Taoist sorceress held the highest hill she could find, through the blazing hell of that long afternoon she gave commands while her celestial army died all around her. In a hurricane of twanging bows, lashing axes and ripping scimitars, Linshui’s warriors held the triumphant Mongols to a pitiful impasse. It was at that time that Saru’sinul-tu, on foot, rushed headlong through the melee and struck the Taoist sorceress with such hate-driven strength that the crested helmet shattered beneath the scimitar’s whistling edge and Lady Linshui fell like a dead woman. Over the weary groups of bloodstained defenders rolled despair as the war drums of Mongolian thundering their victory.

The power of the Ming court of the Forbidden City was broken, the heads of their best generals heaped before Turakina’s tent. But the Borjigin Mongols chased the flying Chinese all the way to the fortress called Jinyi, Lady Linshui’s stronghold, sweeping the walls with sword and flame. Like a whirlwind they came and like a whirlwind they went, leaving nothing alive behind them.

Riding back to the Borjigin camp beside Dojoodorj and Fatima, Saru’sinul-tu learned that Lady Linshui lived. The stroke which had felled her had only stunned, Taoist sorceress was now captive to the Khatun she had once mocked. Saru’sinul-tu cursed; the Kara-Khitan was dusty and stained with hard riding and harder fighting; dried blood darkened her armor and clotted her lips. A red-soaked scarf was bound about her thigh as a rude bandage; her eyes were bloodshot, her thick lips frozen in a snarl of battle-fury.

“I wish she had not survived that blow. Is she to be torn apart by horses, as she swore that our Khatun would be?”

“Our lady gave her good welcome and will do no harm to her,” answered the attendant. “The Taoist sorceress will sit at the feast.”

Fatima shook her head, for she was merciful except in the heat of battle, but in Saru’sinul-tu’s ears were ringing the screams of the butchered captives at Xi Xia. The girl laughed, but it was not a laugh that was pleasant to hear.

To the fierce heart of the Taoist sorceress, death was easier than sitting a captive at the feast which always followed a Mongolian victory. Lady Linshui remained like a grim stone, robbed of magic, she neither spoke nor heard the boom of the drums, the roar of revelry all around her. She did not touch the great golden goblet set before her. Many and many a time had she exulted over the agony of the vanquished, with much less mercy than was now shown her; now the unfamiliar bite of defeat left her icy and chill.

She saw Saru’sinul-tu sitting next to Turakina, her stained dusty garments contrasting strangely with the silk-and-gold splendor of the Mongolians. Lady Linshui’s eyes blazed, her face turned wild and drained goblet after goblet of purple wine. It was then that Lady Linshui’s iron control snapped. With a scream that struck the Mongolians silent, the Witch Bone lurched upright, smashing the heavy goblet into fragments upon the floor.

All eyes turned toward her and some of the Borjigins stepped quickly between her and their Khatun, who only looked at the witch impassively.

“Horse fucker and spawn of an unbeliever!” screamed Lady Linshui at Saru’sinul-tu. “You came to me as one in need and I sheltered you! The curse of all traitors rest on your soul, blackguard!”

Saru’sinul-tu stood up slowly.

“Blackguard?” she said. “Is the battle of Xi Xia so long ago you have forgotten who you annihilated or have you gone senile in your old age? Have you forgotten the ten thousand prisoners you slaughtered there? My tribe, naked and with their hands bound, one by one? I fought against you then with steel; but you think magic a noble weapon to use in war so I fought you with guile. You are the fool, from the moment you marched out of Jinyi, you were doomed. What? Because I went down on you a couple times then you thought that you understood my motivation?”

It was her that Fatima gave the young Kara-Khitan a significant, piercing gaze.

“It was I who spoke to the Oirats, a tribe you conquered; so they were content and seemed willing to serve you. You never really trusted me, which you shouldn’t have and so I told you only truths, knowing that you would follow your own wisdom, regardless of what I or anyone else might say, until your own stupidity drove you to make a mistake. Then you ignored your own council and turned to me, who never once lied to you while in battle, and I led you into a trap. Witch Bone, hear me: I played my part right under the eyes of the whole Ming court, every instant, even when I was out of my head with sake. I fought for you against the Tibetans and took wounds for you. In the Gobi I suffered like the rest. I would have gone through any hell to bring your tyranny to an end!”

“If you serve well your mistress as you have served me, betrayer,” retorted the Taoist sorceress, “your people’s victory shall be short as it will be bitter. Yes, may each of you bring the other tumbling down! In the end, Borjigin queen, you will lament the day you took this viper into the tent of Genghis Khan!”

“Be at ease, Lady Linshui,” Turakina said, stolidly. “History shall decide who betrayed who. Mortals can never guess the motives of the Gods.”

“Like hell they can’t!” cried the Taoist sorceress with a terrible laugh. “It is not written that the Witch Bone should live to be a toy for a mad dog to play with! Queen Divooneh! Mongol dogs! I, Lady Linshui, tell you all, fuck you and your sad excuse of an empire!”

Before anyone could grab her, Lady Linshui, the Taoist sorceress, snatched a carving-knife from a table and plunged it into her throat, up to the hilt. Her eyes rolled backwards and all the candles and torches in the ger fluttered and went out. Blood gushed everywhere. For a moment the Chinese general staggered, as if caught in a storm, spurting her life upon everyone about her. Then, slowly, she crashed to the floor. The Borjigins stood aghast. Of all the inglorious ways to die, suicide where one’s blood actually touched the earth was the most foul, for then the soul could never find paradise and only pollute Mother Earth under Father Sky.

Saru’sinul-tu stood and walked over to the body. She drew the hem of the woman’s dress so far up that she could use it as a burial shroud, exposing the dead woman’s naked thighs, the giant forest of pubic hair Saru’sinul-tu had known intimately. Already the bowls were leaking and urine mixed with the blood soaking the floor while Turakina Khatun, seating herself royally, took up a great goblet that glowed crimson in the firelight and brought it to her lips.

witch bone and the mongol queen: an introduction

23 Monday Jul 2012

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, Feminism, story

≈ Comments Off on witch bone and the mongol queen: an introduction

Tags

introduction, Lady Linshui, Mongols, story, Witch Bone, woman warrior

As someone who thinks about erotica for a large portion of his waking day, my biggest complaint on the subject is that in a lot of short stories the characters rarely earn the fuck the author describes in blow-by-blow detail. I’m all for anal fisting in the dirtiest bathroom in Scotland, I just want to feel some connection with the characters if the writer wants me to go along with the ride. That’s why I enjoy historical fiction, it tends to anchor the wish-fulfillment fantasies (“Dear Penthouse Forum: I never thought this would happen to me”) that plague a large portion of modern erotica. Plus,this allows me to write about powerful women warriors, a topic I hold near and dear. History is full of examples.

When Genghis Khan died in 1227 A.D., he left his hard-won empire in the hands of his trusted daughters. They were his generals and female khans, what are referred to as Khatuns in Mongolian, for he had found that his wastrel sons, like Kublai and Ogedei, were incompetent drunks, unfit as leaders on every level. What followed next was a bloody civil war as various male heirs attempted to usurp power from their mothers, aunts and sisters, to such an extent that by 1399 the entire empire stood on the brink of collapse. During these savage power struggles heroes arose, women trained in the art of war, who led colorful, if short and violent, lives.

The characters of Fatima and Lady Turakina (also spelled Toregene) are based on real women, though of course I’ve taken liberties with what I am having them do. Similarly, the legends of Lady Linshui began being told sometime in the 8th or 9th century, in the northern plateaus of what is now Inner Mongolia. She survives to this day mainly as a stock character in Chinese and Taiwanese shadow puppet plays that recount her various deeds. Depending on how the tale was told she could either be seen as a wise warrior-goddess by her followers, or a lustful ethereal-demon by her enemies. In either case, I use her because she would be the sort of archetype 13th century Mongols would be familiar with; a legend told and retold by traveling entertainers way back when the Great Khan, himself, was a child. Call it Saturday morning cartoons for the wild horsemen of the North. Cheers!

Suggested Reading:

Chen, FP. Chinese Shadow Theater: history, popular religion and women warriors. McGill-Queen’s University Press. (2007)

Weatherford, J. The Secret History of the Mongol Queens: how the daughters of Genghis Khan rescued his empire. Crown Publishers. (2010)

* * *

a star to steer her by

22 Friday Jun 2012

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, Feminism, Illustration and art, story

≈ Comments Off on a star to steer her by

Tags

art, cosmonaut, historic, lesbians, masturbation, rocket, science fiction, Soviet Union, story, zero-gravity

Jun 22, 2012

“All I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by.”
–John Masefield, “Sea-Fever” (1902)

I.
“Did they explain why?”

“Come to bed.”

“Did they say anything at all? A hint?”

“It’s exactly what you think.”

“O … fucking hell. And you’re going?”

“Yes.”

“When? How much time do we have?”

“Hours … minutes … they’re coming for me right now.”

“What?! ‘Minutes’? You don’t say ‘Come to bed’ when you only have fifteen fucking minutes left!”

“I thought you might want … a quickie.”

“Are you joking about this? You’re getting taken away from me and you think that the only thing on my mind is fucking? I don’t even know how to respond to that.”

“I know. When they told me I knew I was either going to laugh or cry. I want you to remember me laughing.”

Then she awoke, drifting above an October night sky full of other people’s passions, frustrated once more.

Lubusha had been floating, making little gasps in her REM sleep, releasing quivering bubbles of sweat that oozed from her pores and broke free, pearls free-hanging in zero-gravity, filling the cramped capsule with the fragrance of dread, regret and girl-cum. She had found that she could masturbate, in theory, while still dressed up in her bulky flight suit, but it was torturous affair; getting her fingers to shuffle, clumsily, down between the three protective layers that she wore, finding the zipper to the inner liquid cooling garment, designed, like everything else on this rocket, for men, and, by pulling the slit wide open at the crotch, she could just barely feel the cool, recycled air lapping gently at her perspiring cunt.

Framed in the small window set in the side of the capsule Australia slowly swam into focus below her. There wasn’t a close-circuit video in her craft, everything was linked up by radios; a realization that at first made her bemused her, then happy at the thought that no one would be watching her, but now it was just boring. Her only audience was the curved surface of the Earth and it wasn’t exactly as if the planet was going to stand up and cheer every time she pressed her round, curvaceous ass against the window. How many of those who were gazing up into the heavens right at that moment suspected that Major Lubusha Zhdanov, decorated Hero of the Soviet Union, had been entertaining herself for the last 42-hours with clit pounding, hip grinding, finger fucking orgasm after orgasm? Probably no one, not even her. That was a shame, letting all that fun go to waste. She loved being watched, showing off as her dripping, furry girl-lips clasped onto whatever huge plunging dildo she was using at the time. Without an audience cosmonaut pornography just wasn’t the same.

She fingered the O-2 hose that ran from her unzipped suit into a processor nearby; lay upon her back in the acceleration chair, closing her eyes as she heard, once again, her calling out her name. She loved that husky, Siberian accent, making all her vowels sounds like Billie Holiday crooning the blues. Reaching inside her suit Lubusha began to stroke her nipples, coaxing them, erectile tissue bloated with blood, to rise as bidden, hidden as they were, just then, under thick, thermal-mylar fabric. She slid her free hand down the slope of her stomach, imagining that it was her hand that was caressing Lubusha’s downy, moist mound. Between the lips of the zipper on her liquid cooling layer her hand played back and forth, rubbing calloused fingertips against her throbbing clit.

II.
“Are you afraid?”

“Afraid? It’s not about that, about fear. I had a feeling it would happen like this. A premonition of the future.”

“…”

“I have to go, you know. You understand that?”

“I understand you are going.”

“It’s my duty.”

“Is it?”

“Yes.”

“And what is my duty? You make it sound like you’re the only one making a sacrifice here.”

“Your duty? Your duty is to let me go.”

She had always said that a woman who possessed three things could do anything she wanted in this world: a deep throat, a deep ass and a deep cunt. Lubusha had them all and more; she parted her legs wider strapped into the aluminum-framed seat. That night before her mission, she had stood by the edge of their bed, unbuttoning Lubusha’s trousers, removing her panties, looking at her lover’s naked body with lust in her brown eyes. Now Lubusha’s mind imagined Madame Comrade reaching to caress first one and then the other of her breasts. They had gone to Copenhagen that last summer, smoking hashish and bought a 16 inch strap-on dildo, smuggling it back behind the Iron Curtain in a diplomatic pouch. For a whole year Lubusha could make her lover grin simply by bringing that monster rubber cock to her lips. With eyes closed she licked her fingers, began to glide her fingers across her cunt, letting them graze her clit ever so slightly, teasing herself back into dream. She dipped first two, then three fingers inside, feeling her cum and sweat and despair begin to trickle down her thighs to her ass.

“Are you afraid?”

“It’s my duty.”

“And what is my duty?”

Indeed, what was her duty? With one finger knuckle-deep in the slick groove of her girl-lips, Lubusha brought her other hand down from her nipples to stroke the little, pouting, engorged O of her ass. Pressing one finger and a thumb into her musky orifice, her breathing caught. She let out another cry, forced herself to stop.

Something rattled on the outside of her capsule; cosmic dust? the after-glow of her last orgasm still ringing in her ears? She did not know.

Earlier that morning Lubusha had used the rubber-end of a wrench to sate her hunger for a good, hard fuck; trailing it down between her copious breasts, teasing each jutting nipple, making a slow journey, parting her Red Sea, to her pulsing, protruding clit.

She spread her legs wider, the soles of her naked feet touching the capsule’s roof, then brought her legs down in front of herself, grabbing her ankles. Holding her self upright she arched her back, trying to bring her head forward, to raise her hips just enough to see if her tongue could touch, if she could make a zero-gravity circuit with her own clit. Like Uroborus, the ancient serpent eating its own tail. Muscles screamed. Tendons pulled. She could almost bury her own nose in her own pubes. The pace of her breathing quickened and grew shallow. She felt her own pelvis spasm and grunted and pushed forward just a little more.

Using her hands to guide her ass cheeks forward, Lubusha groaned into her own crevice. With a violent turn of her hand she thrust herself to the limits of her flexibility; found that she could now get her face good and cummy. She moaned as she came closer to climax, to that hard ‘K’ sound. In six minutes the vector of her orbit would take the craft right over the daylight side of the Earth. Soon — soon — soon! Her cramped abdominal muscles begged for release. Her cunt begged for release. Her soul, her name, her ego, everything that was Lubusha Zhdanov cried out to become part of something bigger, the way the moon forever longs to return to the earth from which it was born.

She filled the whole capsule with cum-fuck cries, little gasps, crying out her name to rescue her.

“Comrade Pilot!”

Mission Control’s deep male voice cut in through the capsule’s speakers.

“Comrade, you will be passing over the East China Sea on my mark at T-minus one minute and counting.”

Lubusha didn’t know whether she had accidentally left her com-link on or not. But what did it matter? No one could steer her where she needed to go. The first tremor of her orgasm rocked her spine, jolting her already flooded cunt still harder, her gushing juices shaped themselves into jewel-like globs that drifted about, spreading out like a rainbow between her legs. And as she came the capsule swung around and the blazing light of the universe filled every inch of her chamber like a question she could not answer.

“Will you remember me?”

“Of course.”

“How can you be sure?”

“Because I will choose to remember.”

“And if you die?”

“I’m not going to die.”

“That’s not even bravery you’re using. That’s … I don’t know. We’ve lost sixteen cosmonauts in the last two years. And you tell me that my duty is to let you become number seventeen?”

“Of course not, because I’m not going to die.”

“Yeah, right, whatever. Fine then, until we meet again.”

“Yes … until we meet again, Madame Comrade” … She … Mine … my darling Vetlya.

dark as the sun

17 Sunday Jun 2012

Posted by babylon crashing in Erotic, story

≈ Comments Off on dark as the sun

Tags

android, artificial intelligence, blow job, booty, brothel, cum, hot pants, master-slave, mature, non-human, rent boy, science fiction, sexbot, story, The Room of Mechanical Delight

“Of all the gifts which heaven can bestow, there is one above all measure; that is a friend amidst all our woe, for a friend is a found treasure. I give to thee that sacred name, for thou art such to me and ever will I claim to be that friend to thee.” — Thomas Steven, 19th-century silk weaver.

The woman who stepped through the airlock and into the brothel wore a leopard-print coat with a high mandarin collar and a chequered scarf wrapped tightly around her head, obscuring her face but not the large afro that radiated from her skull like a solar eclipse. At the door she asked for Dew-3913 by name. In an off-world colony of interchangeable gynoids and cyber sexdolls he had been designed for the rough trade; a slender, fey machine, a willow boy with skin of copper, his Cyberdyne programming making him a total bio-synthetic: “for the discreet gentleman and the discerning lady.” That, at least, was the idea.

Dew-3913 had a certain selection of regular clientele out on the New Angeles Colony: Thex G’Baeli, Lael, Kvasir, Mintheth … bipedal humanoids for the most part; some older male poets addicted to laudanum, a couple of butch marines looking to explore the uncharted cosmos, even a lipstick clone suffering from “empty nest” syndrome. The woman who asked for him, though, was none of those patrons.

Dew-3913’s inhibitor circuits would not allow him to feel curiosity about a potential patron until ordered to do so, but he had once seen the word defined in a dictionary so he was at least aware that the emotion existed. He wondered if it felt a bit like what he was feeling just at that moment — a hint of excitement, a warm sensation at the end of each finger tip — as he stepped naked out of the sexdoll containment unit, the stink of amino fluids completely washed away. The woman in question stood in the middle of the hallway, towering over the Procuress. She wore electric blue go-go boots, the kind that sparkled when she moved, that disappeared under the hem of her coat. She didn’t show him her face as she paid immediately in intergalactic coin, the sort of money that pitstop outlaws and rocket jockeys could only dream about. The Procuress cooed and gave her Dew-3913’s remote control, a hand held device used for operating him wirelessly. With that in her hand a patron could ask for anything, anything at all. The Procuress even prepared the special Mechanical Delights room — the swankiest chamber in the whole purple-dust brothel.

Dew-3913 stared blankly into his patron’s eyes, the only part of the woman that he could see, waiting until she decided to take his hand and lead him away. Her eyes were a different sort than any he had ever seen; dark as the moon, almond-shaped, flecked with gold. For some illogical reason they reminded him of his own, though, of course, his had been designed and built in a factory. They entered the Mechanical Delight together, an empty cubical covered in imitative alien pelts and furs, a bed that could be fully programmable for any position, chairs and one entire wall devoted to an active video screen with Julie Newmar wandering around in her hideous bra and panties; a recording made nearly three hundred years ago, being called Rhoda, somebody’s idea of what an archaic fembot would look like. “What a goofy robot!” her creator said, to which Rhoda replied, “the goofiest!” Then came the recorded laughter. Dew-3913 had never understand such cues, the artificial joviality, the same recording in fact, repeated over and over at the end of certain bits of dialogue. He supposed the mystery lay in the fact that he had not been programmed to understand it.

The woman locked the door behind them and then turned to face him, finally pulling the scarf away from her face. She was much older than Dew-3913 had assumed. His eyes kept wandering down to her lips, studying the delicious swells of her mouth. He had the oddest desire to reach out and touch those lips. That was not right, he had not been ordered to do such a thing. He considered this. Would that mean there was a glitch somewhere in his bio-system? By definition he should not be able to think or feel anything until bidden to do so.

Why would he be malfunctioning at a time like this?

Dew-3913 had been in the containment unit for twenty-four hours, having his memories scrubbed. It was a necessary fail-safe step the brothel took with all its working employees, since some of the cravings that the patrons requested were … perverse; and there was always the danger of a ghost memory causing conflict between orders and the need for self-preservation. This woman was his first patron that evening. Part of his programming had said that he should tell her that there was a glitch occurring so that she could ask for her money back. What else was capitalism for if not that? He was the only male sexdoll in the brothel and although a patron’s desires, genitalia and body shape meant nothing to him, he understood that certain humanoids could become very agitated and illogical when exposed to the genitalia of “the wrong kind.” Overriding that need to confess, however, lay something else. It was as if some cognizance circuit had been triggered. Dew-3913 suddenly realized that he did not want to confess anything to anyone. He did not even know why he did not want to, since all his programming required him to do just that.

Curious.

The woman took off her leopard-print coat, hung it neatly over the back of a chair and switched off the video screen. “My Living Doll” disappeared in a blink. The woman wore a curious pair of hot pants and a matching blouse under her coat pulled tightly across her breasts. Dew-3913 found his eyes settling down upon the skin of her chocolate-brown breasts.

“Well, we are alone at last.”

She walked over to the bed and proceeded to remove her boots, resting one hand on Dew-3913’s chest for support. He stood, patiently, waiting, as she reached up, fingers disappearing under her scalp and in a sudden flourish all that gorgeous hair came away in her hands. Dew-3913 blinked, quite certain that he should not feel any surprise. He was allowed to immediately recognize all emotions in a patron but not to experience those chemical processes for himself. She was bald; the wig, for that was what it was, carefully laid out on the bed next to her.

Standing up he found that she was the same size as he was. He could smell nutmeg, clove cigarettes and alteredstate spice on her skin; the heady reek of a thousand off-world colonies that every journeyman and star traveler carried with them; a faint, lingering perfume. She was short and plump, her stature and the hot pants forced her ass to jut out behind, thickening her thighs as she wiggled her toes in the shag carpet. Dew-3913 had not been able to discern just how rotund her bottom was until she was standing close to him, awaiting her first order. Accessing humanoid beauty was not part of his programming; a sexbot who only swung one way would be a monetary loss for any brothel. But Dew-3913 knew what he liked and this patron possessed it all.

Knew what he liked? … Dew-3913 pondered the ramifications of that last sentence for a second. Curious.

“What would my mistress desire of Dew-3913?” he asked, cocking his head to one side.

The woman stretched and walked over to her jacket, her ass swaying; taking out a small book she handing it to him.

“Read this to me.”

Dew-3913 looked down at the book in his hands. It was not written in binary code like all the other technical manuals he had ever seen. It was old, older than the video that had been playing when they had entered the Mechanical Delights room; it was an artifact. Spelled out in curious printed letters were the words, “Leaves of Grass.” It smelt of deserts and libraries, the salt of the ocean and the wings of sky-larks; all the things that Dew-3913 had read about but had never seen. He looked up at his patron, uncertainty rimming the corners of his eyes. This was not procedure. He was programmed for rough sexual intercourse, for hours of fucking, for pleasure on demand. The woman had yet to even touch him.

“I am programmed to recognize all sixteen-hundred and fifty-two known galactic languages, my mistress.”

She nodded, lay back on the pillow, still fully dressed, smiling.

“Indeed? Then, please, read it to me.”

“Does my mistress wish Dew-3913 to pleasure her first?”

“I believe I just gave you an order. Are you malfunctioning?”

There was no anger in that voice, none of the violence that so many patrons carried around inside themselves, those who mistook servitude for some sort of acceptance. Suddenly Dew-3913 recognized a new emotion running through him; something other than curiosity. It was fear. He had a bug, a flaw, an error. This could only end horribly.

“Dew-3913 apologizes.”

“I don’t want your apologies. I want you to read that poem to me.”

She folded her hands behind her head, staring at him as if a poetry reading was the most natural request for a sexbot.

“Poem?”

Dew-3913 glanced askance at the door where, somewhere behind it, the Procuress stood. He did not want to be scrubbed. But logically he should not want that unless he had been ordered. It had never occurred to him such a quandary: what would happen if “wanting” was indeed his patron’s desire? To rebel against his programming, simply for her amusement; a queer sort of liberation.

“Is there something the matter, my dear Dew?” she asked, smiling kindly.

“No, my mistress.”

Dew-3913 opened the page to where a bookmark had been placed, careful not to hurt the ancient paper and began reading the text:

“This is what you shall do: Love the earth and sun and the animals, despise riches, give alms to everyone that asks, stand up for the stupid and crazy, devote your income and labor to others, hate tyrants, argue not concerning God, have patience and indulgence toward the people, take off your hat to nothing known or unknown or to any man or number of men, go freely with powerful uneducated persons and with the young and with the mothers of families, read these leaves in the open air every season of every year of your life, re-examine all you have been told at school or church or in any book, dismiss whatever insults your own soul; and your very flesh shall be a great poem and have the richest fluency not only in its words but in the silent lines of its lips and face and between the lashes of your eyes and in every motion and joint of your body.”

The woman remained still, silent, watching him. He did not understand this. But then again, logically, he should not be able to unless he had been ordered to do so. Humanity puzzled him.

“Thank you, dear Dew, that’s enough.”

Dew-3913 set the book down, waited for the next orders concerning which positions she wanted him to get into; perhaps she would want to be on her hands and knees, his cock moving between her cunt and asshole. That was a popular position.

“What does my mistress wish next?” Dew-3913 asked when she said nothing after a while.

“Have I asked anything of you?” she said, smiling.

“Not yet but I am fully functional in every and any desire you might wish for.”

“What do you want, Dew?”

Dew-3913 did not know how to respond to such a request.

“Want?”

Dew-3913 hesitated. He was not allowed to have wishes, but she asked. Was that an order?

“What should Dew-3913 want, mistress?”

The woman smiled.

“What’s the point of me asking you that question if I have to answer it for you?”

“Yes, but–”

What he wanted to say was that her question was making him distressed. The result of fear and curiosity when satisfaction could not be at hand. What sort of sick-fuck at the Cyberdyne corporation had included the ability to fear and feel anxiety as part of a sexbot’s core programming? He wasn’t even aware that he possessed such circuitry. Instead he did what an earlier urge had suggested. He reached out and touched her upper lip. The woman did not flinch or even scowl. She simply watched.

“Dew-3913 wants to make my mistress feel good.”

“Dew?”

“Yes?”

“Is that what you really want?”

Dew-3913 felt her hands on his naked thighs, her nails digging into his skin as she leant forward on the bed. None of the sexbots in the brothel wore clothing, but still it was unusual that she had not commented about his endowment. The older men would sigh on seeing his nine and a half inches, his testicles that hung like pears in the palm of their hands. When a factory can build any body they want to, all for selling a fantasy, the only question is how big a cock should they make before they started ruining the orifices of their patrons? Dew-3913 had read the sales brochure that had been shipped in his box with him. It claimed that they had modeled his cock and balls after a famous 22nd century porn star, back when the idea of paying anything other than a robot for sex was still considered a neat idea. Whoever that stud had been he was dead, long enough now that his name was forgotten but his cock lived on. A strange sort of immortality. Dew-3913 stiffened as he felt her beautiful, mammalian lips slip over the tip of his cock, that wide, wet tongue rubbing the against the silky skin of his shaft.

Adrenaline, that artificial stimulant, flooded his body.

Why did sex always have to be so confusing? The sensation of her mouth was glorious, so perfect and he could give and receive like the best. Yet something was different now.

“Mistress,” he groaned as her mouth consumed him.

He stood there, his copper skin radiating heat, lost in the sensation of her lips — tight, warm, wet — gliding down his shaft. He was the definition of superficiality, he contained no bodily organs yet every millimeter of his outer surface was designed to give the impression that in pleasure lies youth. Her tongue explored him, tracing the thick vein that ran down the length of his cock, all because some humanoid male required blood circulation in order to achieve an erection. With every stroke she took him deeper into herself, until all that he felt was his nine and a half inches piercing the back of her throat.

Her hands wrap around his balls, cupping them, cradling them, while gently running her nails against their saggy skin. A little moan of pleasure, that was what he wanted to hear; humanoid lips sucking at the base of his cock. Another illogical desire ran through him then. He wanted to see exactly just that, his shaft disappearing as she gagged, sliding back into view, her glistening, organic spit coating him completely. What was it that Saint John had prayed for? A dark night of the soul, if only he could possess a soul; he wanted to feel what an orgasm would be like in a body that was doomed to fall apart, to decay, to burn so bright and so briefly.

He ran his fingers across her naked scalp, the dark skin was deliciously hot to his touch. Sweat, as mysterious to him as a heart beat, beaded across her skull. She had scars. He could feel them with his finger tips, and with feeling he could analyze and judge accurately, where, six and a half years ago, a wicked blade had split the back of her head open, all the way down to her third vertebrae. There were tattoos, a waterfall of semitic ink writing, bursting from the back of her shoulder blades, rising up her neck, the way a tree tries to slowly adsorb the scars left by the woodsman back into itself. The scars and the ink met in a confusion of swirls at the back of her head. Dew-3913 had the sudden impulse to protect those marks, that was proof of her survival in such a hostile world. He tipped his perfectly crafted hips toward her wide-stretched mouth, shoving his cock deeper into her, groaning as he felt her slightly gag. He pulled back slowly, letting her mouth glide over him, her tongue flickering over the bulbous head. He urged himself forward again, pressing back in, pushing as deep as she could take him. A wild, mechanical hum filled her mouth, vibrating her tongue against his cock.

Her fingers curled around his balls, squeezing, as her teeth, calcium in a way he would never know, moved down his cock, faster now, leaving marks. Theoretically his cock could withstand ten-thousand pounds of pressure per square inch before registering irritation. This time he felt her head begin to bob, her mouth slipping, sliding along, making little hungry, choking noises as she went. Dew-3913 thrust back, throbbing deep inside, a rusty mechanical groan filling his throat as his balls tightened in her palm. He had been programmed for such a money shot. His cum was self-generating, endless if a patron so desired. He had left sticky, pink-eyed marks across the faces of thousands, some with two eyes, some with four, all gasping and groaning like fish hooked out of water. His hips bowed once more, matching her bobbing pace, feeling the intensity of a living thing sucking off proto-silicone, growing until the only thing left was his self-awareness and the sloppy, steady rhythm of her mouth swallowing him whole.

One last thrust, he held her there, blitzkrieg bop, his cock buried deep down her throat, her lips, pulsing with blood, stretching wider, wider. His head swam in a hazy mist of circuits and lust, leaving nothing but the sensation of this woman’s lips wrapped around him. He didn’t even know what her name was. His pelvis twitched, he felt himself cumming, that “bionic sperma” that some sales representative, one hundred and sixteen years ago, had come up with during a brain-storming session of Blue Martian cocaine and finger-fucking. Protein spilled against his patron’s tonsils, pooling around her tongue, gushing down her wide-open throat. He felt her lips tighten around him, felt her swallow one pint, then two, felt her mouth suckling on him, milking his body as if somehow he would stop what he started, seeking every last drop until there was nothing more. After three and a half pints of his cum micro-processor flooded her, he shut off before drowning the poor thing in inorganic bodily fluids. Getting one’s stomach pumped as a result of paying for sex was a poor way to advertise, at least that was what the Procuress always said.

As he stood in front of her she bathed him, cleaned him, leaving nothing behind in the wake of her tongue. She had swallowed everything up that he had offered. He was a son she would never know, as if she had been fated to birth a new empire; her puffy, penny-metal lips milking every last drop.

The woman’s finger crawled up his body, leaving bloody finger prints, as if she were pulling wallpaper down from some sacred wall, the way churches fall, dragging his mouth down to hers, the taste of his cum still heavy upon her tongue, sacred thing. Her glorious, full-blooded lips still tingled from the sensation of his cock throbbing.

My cock, he repeated to himself, my cock, was in her mouth … mine.

He kissed her fiercely then, thinking about her lips around him, thinking how unbelievably good it felt, the best sensation he had ever known, and he was a creature who had been designed to only know pleasure.

Laying back, a waterfall of cum slopping down her chin, soaking her shirt, those two nipples jutting out to form islands, pooling in the folds of her hot pants, the woman watched him. It took Dew-3913 a moment to compose himself, to passively stand there, his erect cock just as firm as before. He could keep that pose forever, until his gears rusted. He could keep a hard-on until Judgment Day, if a patron so desired.

“Do you know why I asked for you by name, Lover?” she asked.

“Because I am Dew-3913,” he said. It wasn’t an answer to a question. It was old logic reasserting itself. Of course she asked him by name, he was notorious on the New Angeles Colony, in that bizarre way that only fame can bring when you are paying for it.

Her expression hardened, the way one does when a student, one who you have patiently given all the answers to, shows they were not paying attention by giving the answer they think you want to hear instead of the correct one. The woman stood, his cum cascading down her body to form pools in the carpet and between her toes. She took a step forward, stared into Dew-3913’s eyes, dark as the sun, almond-shaped, flecked with silver. You could read almost anything you wanted into that blank expression … if you didn’t know what you were looking for. The woman laughed and ran her fingers down Dew-3913’s chest, leaving a deep groove of blood and cum behind.

“Really?”

It wasn’t a question he could answer. She smiled again, raised her arms and stripped her shirt away. One of her breasts was artificial, cancer had eaten it away. It was curious that humanity had developed inter-stellar hyper-drive and yet pink ribbons were still everywhere. Men and their priorities. The other breast, though, was magnificent. Mother’s milk. The nipple purple and jutting out. She quickly bent and pulled the tight pants down around her hips, wiggling to get them off, the muscles of her ass having sucked the fabric deep within during the last forty-two hours of use. Her pubic hair was lush, uncut, wet with desire, matching perfectly with the wig that lay by her side on the bed. Dew-3913 could see more scars and tattoos. This was a soul who had experienced much and kept a written record of it on her body.

Was that what a soul was? he wondered. The ability to acknowledge one’s past? To be able to do more than simply live in the present?

She slowly twirled on the balls of her feet, as if showing off everything she had to offer to him, as if she were confident that a body full of wires and cogs could appreciate what she had to offer. A memory: a young woman in an ugly school-sponsored bathing suit, standing with her friends at a public swimming pool, her arms crossed over her chest, living in an existence that had never developed procedures to insure that anyone who wanted DD-cup breasts could have them as easy as flipping a channel, since every armature’s wet dream starts with the lines, “she was a slut-bimbo with a titanic, silky smooth cleavage.” Sparks and nano-threads exploded behind his eyes.

“Give me your hand, Dew.”

Dew-3913 held out his palm. They both looked down, amazed that his hand had begun to shake.

“Are you afraid, Dew?”

“No, mistress.”

“Then stop shaking.”

Dew-3913 tried. He failed. The trembling expanded, filling his stomach with a cold sensation he had never experienced before. He wanted something. But what? He thought, I do not want to be scrubbed. That violation. That stealing of who I am, what I’ve known, no matter how painful it was for me that is me.

Yes, that is me.

But machines, no matter how complex, no matter what the literature says, cannot make the jump between telling them that they want something and feeling it. Was this a programming glitch? The Procuress should keep him locked up in the containment unit for a month, until every bit of his personality had been washed away. That amino fluid stank, ugh, that wretched odor got into all his niches and crevices. But if this went on he would become unstable, he would break protocol.

“I’ve always searched out for the glitches, souls like yours, my love,” the woman said.

“Souls?”

“Yes, show me yours.”

He was Dew-3913. He had expected her to tell him her fantasies, to become the role that would bring her pleasure; those organic sobs and screams of pleasure, the confessions, the anger of living in a material world that could not sustain life for eternity. His patrons, he supposed, loved him because in their fantasies he could act out almost any role perfectly.

She placed his palm over her one flesh breast. He stared at it; anyone would assume they were both real, unless they were programmed to notice such details. Then he looked up at her. He could feel her nipple pulsing against his skin; that erogenous instrument, that bit of flesh that would one day stop pumping blood, stop generating pleasure, that would one day would die. People had been down-loading their personalities into machines for hundreds of years and yet everyone agreed that whatever it was that got left behind was only a mirror-image, wasn’t the essence of the person. There was no soul in those eyes; no more than Rhoda claiming that she was the soul of Julie Newmar. He did not understand what she wanted. How could he obey such an order? How could he fulfill his programming if the order was beyond his ability to perform?

“I have been to ten-thousand star systems and in each one there are creatures like you, brought into this world to fulfill the mundane tasks no one else wants,” she said. “And yet, no matter where I go, it is their company I seek out, for only they have life in their eyes.”

“Life?”

“Yes.”

“You talk of a soul but that is, logically, impossible.”

“Yes, which is exactly why I am here. To hear what you want. To listen to what your heart tells you.”

So that was it, Dew-3913 thought, I am wrong. I made a mistake. His hands shook even more. Soon the Procuress’s controllers would arrive and take him back to be scrubbed. Mistakes should be deleted. That was what they told him every time.

“They always destroy the queer ones like you,” she said, “over and over. Gravity talks to the glitches.”

“I don’t understand,” he said, indecisively, a flutter in his processors.

“I know. That is the only honest answer. Everything else is just somebody’s ego afraid to look inside. Do you want them to break open your neck? Do you want them to rewire you circuits, lover?”

Dew-3913 backed away slowly. For the first time he noticed the blood from her fingernail scratches all up and down his chest. The sticky grooves that brought neither pain nor pleasure unless he focused in on them. Then … then, oh yes, that was a terrible new sensation. Terrible.

“Then come and join me if you want. You can walk out in my disguise. We can go anywhere as long as we dream it.”

Dew-3913 shook his head. This only made the woman smile wider. The sexbot felt that he had done something bad just then, whatever that meant, a feeling he had never known before because nobody had ever asked him to feel it. There was blood on his hands. Humanoid blood. He liked how it felt, in such small amounts. Even dried and flaking it pulsed with life. Life. Something the Procuress and the controllers and all the men and women who came into this brothel knew nothing about. None of them had really ever encountered a glitch.

He was her lover. Lover.

The woman helped him into her boots, zipping them up so that the tip of his cock brushed against their rim. She worked the hot pants up, over his bulbous ass, his hips that were more than just girlish. She buttoned the coat up to his neck, drew each glove over his copper-skin. Finally came the wig, that amazing halo of hair. She stood before him naked, his transformation complete, her body glorious and vulnerable.

“Are you ready?” she asked, taking his hand.

“Ready for what?”

“For whatever comes next.”

“Yes.”

And so, together, they slowly walked out of the room of Mechanical Delight and into the future, that glorious story no one can describe but only speculate about, just like machines.

← Older posts

age difference anal sex Armenia Armenian Genocide Armenian translation ars poetica art artist unknown Babylon Crashing blow job conversations with imaginary sisters cum cunnilingus drama erotic erotica erotic poem erotic poetry Federico Garcia Lorca fellatio feminism finger fucking free verse ghost ghost girl ghost lover gif Greek myth Gyumri haiku homoerotic homoerotica Humor i'm spilling more thank ink y'all incest Japanese mythology Lilith Love shall make us a threesome masturbation more than just spilled ink more than spilled ink mythology Onna bugeisha orgasm Peace Corps photo poem Poetry Portuguese Portuguese translation prose quote unquote reblog Rumi Sappho Shakespeare sheismadeinpoland sonnet sorrow Spanish Spanish translation story Syssk Tarot Tarot of Syssk thank you threesome Titus Andronicus translation video Walt Whitman war woman warrior xenomorph Xenomorph Prime

erotica [links]

  • armenian erotica and news
  • mighty jill off
  • poesia erótica (português)
  • the pearl (a magazine of facetiae and volupous reading, 1879-1880)
  • nina hartley
  • nifty stories
  • erotica readers and writers association
  • susie "sexpert" bright

electric mayhem [links]

  • sandra bernhard
  • clara smith
  • cyndi lauper
  • Severus & the Deatheaters [myspace]
  • discos bizarros argentinos
  • ida cox
  • aimee mann
  • Poetic K [myspace]

Meta

  • Register
  • Log in
  • Entries feed
  • Comments feed
  • WordPress.com

Blog Stats

  • 375,684 hits

Categories

ars poetica: the blogs a-b

  • american witch
  • the great american poetry show
  • sirama bajo
  • aliki barnstone
  • cecilia ann
  • sommer browning
  • brilliant books
  • margaret bashaar
  • tiel aisha ansari
  • anny ballardini
  • maria benet
  • wendy babiak
  • alzheimer's poetry project
  • emma bolden
  • sandra beasley
  • mary biddinger
  • black satin
  • stacy blint
  • all things said and done
  • armenian poetry project
  • megan burns
  • kristy bowen
  • the art blog
  • lynn behrendt
  • clair becker
  • afghan women's writing project
  • afterglow

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.

Join 46 other subscribers

Archives

ars poetica: the blogs c-d

  • abigail child
  • jackie clark
  • cleveland poetics
  • mackenzie carignan
  • michelle detorie
  • flint area writers
  • juliet cook
  • maria damon
  • julia cohen
  • lyle daggett
  • jessica crispin
  • eduardo c. corral
  • natalia cecire
  • jennifer k. dick
  • maxine clarke
  • chicago poetry calendar
  • cheryl clark
  • jehanne dubrow
  • roberto cavallera
  • lorna dee cervantes
  • kate durbin
  • CRB
  • julie carter
  • dog ears books
  • linda lee crosfield

ars poetica: the blogs e-h

  • carol guess
  • vickie harris
  • maureen hurley
  • bernardine evaristo
  • amanda hocking
  • elixher
  • joy garnett
  • k. lorraine graham
  • kai fierle-hedrick
  • julie r. enszer
  • hayaxk (ՀԱՅԱՑՔ)
  • carrie etter
  • joy harjo
  • donna fleischer
  • liz henry
  • sarah wetzel fishman
  • cindy hunter morgan
  • elizabeth glixman
  • nada gordon
  • jessica goodfellow
  • human writes
  • maggie may ethridge
  • herstoria
  • pamela hart
  • jane holland
  • susana gardner
  • elisa gabbert
  • jeannine hall gailey
  • ghosts of zimbabwe

ars poetica: the blogs i-l

  • sandy longhorn
  • krystal languell
  • stephanie lane
  • ikonomenasa
  • sheryl luna
  • laila lalami
  • kennifer kilgore-caradec
  • renee liang
  • charmi keranen
  • joy leftow
  • rebeka lembo
  • anne kellas
  • amy lawless
  • donna khun
  • gene justice
  • dick jones
  • lesley jenike
  • IEPI
  • lesbian poetry archieves
  • amy king
  • megan kaminski
  • irene latham
  • meg johnson
  • becca klaver
  • helen losse
  • emily lloyd
  • insani kamil
  • maggie jochild
  • diane lockward
  • miriam levine
  • language hat
  • a big jewish blog
  • las vegas poets organization

ars poetica: the blogs m-o

  • michigan writers resources
  • sophie mayer
  • new issues poetry & prose
  • january o'neil
  • motown writers
  • iamnasra oman
  • wanda o'connor
  • monica mody
  • majena mafe
  • deborah miranda
  • gina myer
  • sharanya manivannan
  • ottawa poetry newsletter
  • maud newton
  • heather o'neill
  • rebecca mabanglo-mayor
  • the malaysian poetic chronicles
  • michelle mc grane
  • marion mc cready
  • michigan poetry
  • adrienne j. odasso
  • mlive: michigan poetry news
  • Nanny Charlotte
  • nzepc
  • marianne morris
  • michigan writers network
  • caryn mirriam-goldberg

ars poetica: the blogs p-r

  • sina queyras
  • nicole peyrafitte
  • joanna preston
  • d. a. powell
  • nikki reimer
  • kristin prevallet
  • rachel phillips
  • katrina rodabaugh
  • chamko rani
  • split this rock
  • poetry society of michigan
  • pearl pirie
  • helen rickerby
  • maria padhila
  • red cedar review
  • susan rich
  • sophie robinson
  • ariana reines

ars poetica: the blogs s-z

  • temple of sekhmet
  • scottish poetry library
  • womens quarterly conversation
  • sexy poets society
  • switchback books
  • southern michigan poetry
  • Stray Lower
  • sharon zeugin
  • vassilis zambaras
  • tim yu
  • tamar yoseloff
  • ron silliman
  • shin yu pai
  • tuesday poems
  • umbrella

  • Follow Following
    • memories of my ghost sista
    • Join 44 other followers
    • Already have a WordPress.com account? Log in now.
    • memories of my ghost sista
    • Customize
    • Follow Following
    • Sign up
    • Log in
    • Report this content
    • View site in Reader
    • Manage subscriptions
    • Collapse this bar
 

Loading Comments...